,transcriber's ,note3 ,italic text is   
denoted by underscores and  bold text by
 equal signs4          ,this certifies  
that four hundred and fifty copies only1
 all on  hand-made ,holland paper and   
printed from types1 of this edition of  
,moxon's 8,mechanick ,exercises10 in two
 volumes1 were completed in  ,august1   
#ahif1 and that the types have been     
distributed4        ,joseph ,j4 ,little4
      ,s4 ,p4 ,avery4      ,walter      
,gilliss4      ,douglas ,taylor4        
,theo4 ,l4 ,de,vinne4      ,david       
,williams4      ,w4 ,w4 ,pasko4         
,committee of the ,typothet4            
,,moxon',s      ,,mechanick ,,exercises 
,illustration3 ,the true ,effigies of   
,laurenz ,ians ,kofter ,delineated  from
 his ,monumentall ,stone ,statue1       
,erected at ,harlem4    ,illustration3  
,the true ,effigies of ,iohn ,guttemberg
 ,delineated from  the ,original        
,painting at ,mentz in ,germanie4       
,,moxon',s    ,,mechanick ,,exercises   
,,or ,,the ,,doctrine ,,of              

,,handy-,,works    ,,applied ,,to ,,the 
,,art ,,of      ,,printing      ,a      
,,literal ,,reprint ,,in ,,two ,,volumes
 ,,of    ,,the ,,first ,,edition        
,,published ,,in ,,the ,,year #afhc     
,,with ,,preface ,,and ,,notes ,,by     
,,theo4 ,l4 ,,de ,,vinne      ,,volume  
,i    ,illustration      ,,new-,,york   
,,the ,,typothet ,,of ,,the ,,city ,,of 
,,new-,,york      ,,mdccclxxxxvi        
,illustration          ,,preface        
,,joseph ,,moxon was born at ,wakefield 
in ,yorkshire1 ,england1 ,august #h1    
#afbg4 ,there is no published record of 
his parentage or his early  education4  
,his first business was that of a maker 
and vender of  mathematical instruments1
 in which industry he earned a memorable
  reputation between the years #afei and
 #afhc4 ,he was not content with  this  
work1 for he had leanings to other      
branches of the mechanic arts1  and     
especially toward the designing of      
letters and the making of               
printing-types4    ,in #affi he         

published a sheet in folio under the    
heading of 8,prooves  of the ,several   
,sorts of ,letters ,cast by ,joseph     
,moxon40 ,the imprint is  8,westminster1
 ,printed by ,joseph ,moxon1 in ,russell
 street1 at the ,sign  of the ,atlas1   
#affi40 ,this specimen of types seems to
 have been printed1  not to show his    
dexterity as a type-founder1 but to     
advertise himself  as a dealer in       
mathematical and scientific instruments4
 ,the reading  matter of the sheet      
describes 8,globes ,celestial and       
,terrestrial1 ,large  ,maps of the      
,world1 ,a ,tutor to ,astronomie and to 
,geographie0--all of  his own           
production4 ,reed flouts the typography 
of this sheet3 8,it is  a sorry         
performance4 ,only one fount1 the ,pica1
 has any pretensions  to elegance or    
regularity4 ,the others are so clumsily 
cut or badly  cast1 and so wretchedly   
printed1 as here and there to be almost 
undecipherable40#a ,the rude workmanship
 of these early types proves1  as he    

afterward admitted1 that he had never   
been properly taught the  art of        
type-founding2 that he had learned it1  
as he said others had1  8of his own     
genuine inclination40    ,it was then a 
difficult task to learn any valuable    
trade4 ,the ,star  ,chamber decree of   
#afcg ordained that there should be but 
four  type-founders for the kingdom of  
,great ,britain1 and the number of their
  apprentices was restricted4 ,when the 
,long ,parliament met in #afdj1 the     
decrees of the ,star ,chamber were      
practically dead letters1 and for a  few
 years there was free trade in          
typography4 ,in #afdd the ,star ,chamber
  regulations were reimposed2 in #affb  
they were made more rigorous than  ever4
 ,the importation of types from abroad  
without the consent of the  ,stationers'
 ,company was prohibited4 ,british      
printers were compelled  to buy the     
inferior types of ,english founders1    
who1 secure in their  monopoly1 did but 
little for the improvement of           

printing4#b    ,it is probable that the 
attention of ,moxon was first drawn to  
type-founding by the founders           
themselves1 who had to employ mechanics 
of skill for the making of their molds  
and other implements of  type-casting4  
,in this manner he could have obtained  
an insight into  the mysteries of the   
art that had been carefully concealed4  
,he did not  learn type-making or       
printing in the usual routine4 ,the     
records of  the ,company of ,stationers 
do not show that he was ever made a     
freeman  of that guild1 yet he openly   
carried on the two distinct businesses  
of type-founding and printing after     
#affi4 ,it is probable that he had  a   
special permit from a higher authority1 
for in #affe he had been  appointed     
hydrographer to the king1 and a good    
salary was given with  the office4 ,he  
was then devoted to the practical side  
of scientific  pursuits1 and was        
deferred to as a man of ability4    ,he 
published several mathematical treatises

 between the years #afeh and  #afhg2    
one1 called 8,compendium ,euclidis      
,curiosi10 was translated by him  from  
,dutch into ,english1 and printed in    
,london in #afgg4 ,mores supposes  that 
he had acquired a knowledge of ,dutch by
 residence in ,holland1 but  intimates  
that he was not proficient in its       
grammar4#c    ,in #afgf he published a  
book on the shapes of letters1 with this
  formidable title3 8,regul ,trium      
,ordinum ,literarum ,typographicarum2   
or the ,rules of the ,three ,orders of  
,print ,letters1 viz3 the ,roman1       
,italick1 ,english--,capitals and       
,small2 showing how they are ,compounded
  of ,geometrick ,figures1 and mostly   
made by ,rule and ,compass4 ,useful  for
 ,writing ,masters1 ,painters1 ,carvers1
 ,masons and others that are  ,lovers of
 ,curiosity4 ,by ,joseph ,moxon1        
,hydrographer to the ,king's ,most      
,excellent ,majesty4 ,printed for       
,joseph ,moxon on ,ludgate ,hill1 at the
  ,sign of ,atlas1 #afgf40 ,he then     

dedicated the book to ,sir ,christopher 
,wren1 8as a lover of rule and          
proportion10 or to one who might be     
pleased with this attempt to make       
alphabetical letters conform to         
geometric rules4    ,there is no        
intimation that the book was intended   
for punch-cutters4  ,it contains        
specific directions about the shapes of 
letters1 covering  fifty-two pages1 as  
proper introduction to the thirty-eight 
pages  of model letters that follow1    
rudely drawn and printed from copper    
plates4 ,moxon says that these model    
letters are his copies of the  letters  
of ,christopher ,van ,dijk1 the famous  
punch-cutter of ,holland4 ,he  advises  
that each letter should be plotted upon 
a framework of small  squares--forty-two
 squares in height and of a             
proportionate width1 as  is distinctly  
shown in the plates of letters in this  
book4#d ,upon  these squares the        
draftsman should draw circles1 angles1  
and straight  lines1 as are fully set   

forth in the instructions4    ,these    
diagrams1 with their accompanying       
instruction1 have afforded  much        
amusement to type-founders4 ,all of them
 unite in saying that the  forming of   
letters by geometrical rule is absurd   
and impracticable4  ,this proposition   
must be conceded without debate1 but the
 general  disparagement of all the      
letters1 in which even ,reed joins1 may 
be safely controverted4 ,it is admitted 
that the characters are  rudely drawn1  
and many have faults of disproportion2  
but it must  not be forgotten that they 
were designed to meet the most important
  requirement of a reader--to be read1  
and read easily4 ,here are the  broad   
hair-line1 the stubby serif on the      
lower-case and the bracketed  serif on  
the capitals1 the thick stem1 the strong
 and low crown on  letters like m and n1
 with other peculiarities now commended 
in  old-style faces and often           
erroneously regarded as the original    
devices  of the first ,caslon4 ,the     

black-letter has more merit than the    
roman  or italic4 ,some of the capitals 
are really uncouth2 but with all their  
faults the general effect of a          
composition in these letters will be    
found more satisfactory to the          
bibliophile as a text-type than any     
form of pointed black that has been     
devised in this century as an           
improvement4    ,moxon confesses no     
obligation to any one for his           
geometrical system1  but earlier writers
 had propounded a similar theory4 ,books
 on the true  proportions of letters had
 been written by ,fra ,luca ,paccioli1  
,venice1  #aeji2 ,albert ,drer1         
,nuremberg1 #aebe2 ,geofroy ,tory1      
,paris1 #aebi2 and  ,yciar1 ,saragossa1 
#aedh4 ,nor did the attempt to make     
letters conform to  geometrical rules   
end with ,moxon4 ,in #afid1 ,m4         
,jaugeon1 chief of the  commission      
appointed by the ,academy of ,sciences  
of ,paris1 formulated  a system that    
required a plot of #bcjd little squares 

for the accurate  construction of every 
full-bodied capital letter4 ,the        
manuscript and  diagrams of the author  
were never put in print1 but are still  
preserved  in the papers of the         
,academy4    ,this essay on the forms of
 letters seems to have been sent out as 
the  forerunner of a larger work on the 
theory and practice of mechanical  arts4
 ,under the general title of 8,mechanick
 ,exercises10 in #afgg1 he  began the   
publication1 in fourteen monthly        
numbers1 of treatises on the  trades of 
the smith1 the joiner1 the carpenter1   
and the turner4 ,these  constitute the  
first volume of the 8,mechanick         
,exercises40 ,the book  did not find as 
many buyers as had been expected4 ,moxon
 attributed its  slow sale to political 
excitement1 for the ,oates plot put the 
buying  and study of trade books away   
from the minds of readers4 ,he had to   
wait  until #afhc before he began the   
publication of the second volume1 which 
consists of twenty-four numbers1 and    

treats of the art of printing  only4 ,it
 is this second volume that is here     
reprinted1 for the first  volume is of  
slight interest to the printer or man of
 letters4    ,moxon's book has the      
distinction of being not only the first1
 but  the most complete of the few early
 manuals of typography4 ,fournier's     
8,manuel ,typographique0 of #agfd is the
 only book that can be compared  with it
 in minuteness of detail concerning     
type-making1 but he treats  of          
type-making only4 ,reed says3 8,any one 
acquainted with the modern  practice of 
punch-cutting cannot but be struck1 on  
reading the  directions laid down in the
 #8,mechanick ,exercises1' with the     
slightness  of the changes which the    
manual processes of that art have       
undergone  during the last two          
centuries4 ,indeed1 allowing for        
improvements in  tools1 and the greater 
variety of gauges1 we might almost      
assert  that the punch-cutter of        
,moxon's day knew scarcely less than the

  punch-cutter of our day1 with the     
accumulated experience of two hundred   
years1 could teach him4444 ,for almost a
 century it remained the only  authority
 on the subject2 subsequently it formed 
the basis of numerous  other treatises  
both at home and abroad2 and to this day
 it is quoted  and referred to1 not only
 by the antiquary1 who desires to learn 
what  the art once was1 but by the      
practical printer1 who may still on many
  subjects gather from it much advice   
and information as to what it  should   
still be40#e    ,during his business    
life1 ,moxon stood at the head of the   
trade in  ,england4 ,he was selected to 
cut a font of type for an edition of the
  ,new ,testament in the ,irish         
language1 which font was afterward used 
for  many other books4 ,he cut also the 
characters designed by ,bishop ,john    
,wilkins for his 8,essay towards a ,real
 ,character and a ,philosophical        
,language10 and many mathematical and   
astronomical symbols4 ,rowe ,mores1  who

 describes him as an excellent artist   
and an admirable mechanic1  says that he
 was elected a ,fellow of the ,royal    
,society in #afgh4f  ,there is no known 
record of the date of his death4 ,mores 
gives the year  #afhc as the date of his
 relinquishment of the business of      
type-making1  but he was active as a    
writer and a publisher for some years   
after4    ,the first volume of the      
8,mechanick ,exercises10 concerning     
carpentry1  etc41 went to its third     
edition in #agjc1 but the second volume1
 about  printing1 has been neglected for
 two centuries4 ,during this long       
interval many copies of the first small 
edition of five hundred copies  have    
been destroyed4 ,a perfect copy is rare1
 and commands a high price1  for no     
early book on technical printing is in  
greater request4#g    ,the instruction  
directly given is of value1 but bits of 
information  indirectly furnished are of
 greater interest4 ,from no other book  
can  one glean so many evidences of the 

poverty of the old printing-house4  ,its
 scant supply of types1 its shackly     
hand-presses1 its mean  printing-inks1  
its paper-windows and awkward methods1  
when not  specifically confessed1 are   
plainly indicated4 ,the high standard of
  proof-reading here exacted may be     
profitably contrasted with its  sorry   
performance upon the following pages4   
,the garments worn by the  workmen are  
shown in the illustrations4 ,some of the
 quainter usages  of the trade are told 
in the 8,customs of the ,chappel10 and  
those of  the masters1 in the ceremonies
 of the ,stationers' ,company1 and in   
the festivals in which masters and      
workmen joined4 ,to the student  of     
printing a reading of the book is really
 necessary for a clear  understanding of
 the mechanical side of the art as      
practised in the  seventeenth century4  
,,note ,,by ,,the ,,printer     ,this   
edition of the 8,mechanick ,exercises0  
is a line-for-line and   page-for-page  
reprint of the original text4 ,the only 

suppression is   that of the repetition 
of the words 8,volume ,,ii0 in the      
running title   and the sub-titles1     
which would unnecessarily mislead the   
reader1   and of the old signature marks
 that would confuse the bookbinder4     
,typographic peculiarities have been    
followed1 even to the copying of   gross
 faults1 like doublets1 that will be    
readily corrected by the   reader4 ,the 
object of the reprint is not merely to  
present the thought   of the author1 but
 to illustrate the typographic style of 
his time   with its usual defects4 ,a   
few deviations from copy that seemed to 
be   needed for a clearer understanding 
of the meaning of the author have   been
 specified at the end of the second     
volume4 ,the irregular spelling   and   
punctuation of the copy1 its capricious 
use of capitals and   italic1 its       
headings of different sizes of type1    
have been repeated4   ,at this point    
imitation has stopped4 ,turned and      
broken letters1 wrong   font characters1

 broken space-lines1 and bent rules have
 not been   servilely reproduced4 ,these
 blemishes1 as well as the frequent     
8monks0   and 8friars0 in the presswork1
 were serious enough to prevent an      
attempt at a photographic facsimile of  
the pages4     ,the two copies of ,moxon
 that have served as 8copy0 for this    
reprint   show occasional differences in
 spelling and punctuation4 ,changes1    
possibly made in the correction of      
batters1 or after the tardy   discovery 
of faults1 must have been done while the
 form was on press   and partly printed4
 ,the position of the plates differs    
seriously in   the two copies2 they do  
not follow each other in the numerical  
order   specified4 ,in this reprint the 
plates that describe types and tools    
have been placed near their verbal      
descriptions4     ,the type selected for
 this work was cast from matrices struck
 with   the punches 7made about #agdj7  
of the first ,caslon4 ,it is of the same
   large ,english body as that of the   

original1 but a trifle smaller as to    
face1 and not as compressed as the type 
used by ,moxon2 but it repeats   many of
 his peculiarities1 and fairly          
reproduces the more important           
mannerisms of the printing of the       
seventeenth century4     ,the portraits 
have been reproduced by the artotype    
process of   ,bierstadt2 the descriptive
 illustrations are from the etched      
plates of   the ,hagopian               
,photo-,engraving ,company4             
,illustration3 ,joseph ,moxon4    ,born 
at ,wakefeild ,august4 #h4    ,anno     
#afbg4                                  
,,mechanick ,,exercises3                
,or1 the ,doctrine of                   
,handy-works4                           
,applied to the ,art of                 
,printing4                       ,by    
,joseph ,moxon1 ,member of the ,royal   
,society1 and ,hydrographer to the      
,king's                   ,most         
,excellent ,majesty4                    
,,london4                     ,printed  

for ,joseph ,moxon on the ,westside     
of ,fleet-ditch1 at the ,sign of        
,atlas4 #a #f #h #c4      ,to the ,right
 ,reverend ,father in ,,god1 ,,john     
,lord ,bishop of ,oxford1    and ,dean  
of ,christ-,church2 ,and to the ,right  
,honourable ,sir ,,leoline    ,,jenkins 
,knight1 and ,principal ,secretary of   
,state2 ,and to the ,right              
,honourable ,sir ,,joseph ,,williamson  
,knight2 and one of ,his ,majesties     
most ,honourable ,privy-,council4       
,right ,honourable4      ,y,our ardent  
affections to promote ,typographie has  
eminently appeared    in the great      
,charge you have been at to make it     
famous here in    ,england2 whereby this
 ,royal ,island stands particularly     
obliged to your    ,generous and        
,publick ,spirits1 and the whole        
,common-,wealth of ,book-men            
throughout the ,world1 to your ,candid  
,zeal for the promulgation of good      
,learning4      ,wherefore ,i humbly    
,dedicate this ,piece of ,typographie to

 your    ,honours2 and as it is 7,i     
think7 the first of this nature1 so ,i  
hope    you will favourably excuse small
 ,faults in this ,undertaking2 for      
great ones ,i hope there are none1      
unless it be in this presumptuous       
,dedication2 for which ,i humbly beg    
your ,honours pardon3 ,subscribing my   
self1 ,my ,lord and ,gentlemen1         
,your ,honours most ,humble             
and ,obedient ,servant4                 
,joseph ,moxon4      ,footnotes4    #a  
8,a ,history of the ,old ,english       
,letter ,foundries1 with ,notes         
,historical and ,biographical on the    
,rise and ,progress of ,english         
,typography40 ,by ,talbot ,baines ,reed1
 ,london1 #ahhg1 p4 #aha4    #b ,the    
four founders appointed by the ,star    
,chamber did not thrive4 ,one  of them1 
,arthur ,nicholls1 said of himself3 8,of
 so small benifitt hath  his ,art bine  
that for #d yeares worke and practice he
 hath not taken  above #dh1 and had it  
not bine for other imploymente he might 

have  perrisht40 ,reed1 p4 #afh4    #c  
8,a ,dissertation upon ,english         
,typographical ,founders and            
,founderies40 ,by ,edward ,rowe ,mores1 
,a4 ,m4  ,a4 ,s4 ,s4 ,london1 #aggh4    
#hvo1 p4 #dc4    #d ,see plates ,nos4   
#aa to #ag4    #e ,reed1 8,old ,english 
,letter ,foundries10 pp4 #ahe1 #ahf4    
#f ,mores1 8,english ,founders10 p4 #db4
    #g ,hansard says 78,typographia10 p4
 vii73 8,i have never been able to  meet
 with more than two copies of this      
work--one in the ,library of the        
,british ,museum--the other in the      
,library of the ,society of ,arts40 ,the
  writer knows of but three copies in   
,america3 one in the ,library ,company  
of ,philadelphia2 one in the ,library of
 the ,typothet of ,new-,york2 one  in   
his own collection4                     
,,mechanick ,,exercises3                
,or1 the ,doctrine of                   
,handy-works4                           
,applied to the ,art of                 
,printing4                              

,,preface4      ,b,efore ,i begin with  
,typographie1 ,i shall say somewhat of  
its  ,original ,invention2 ,i mean here 
in ,europe1 not of theirs in ,china  and
 other ,eastern ,countries1 who 7by     
general assent7 have had it for  many   
hundreds of years1 though their         
,invention is very different from  ours2
 they ,cutting their ,letters upon      
,blocks in whole ,pages or ,forms1  as  
among us our ,wooden ,pictures are ,cut2
 ,but ,printing with single  ,letters   
,cast in ,mettal1 as with us here in    
,europe1 is an ,invention  scarce above 
,two hundred and fifteen years old2 and 
yet an undecidable  ,controversie about 
the original ,contriver or ,contrivers  
remains on  foot1 between the ,harlemers
 of ,holland1 and those of ,mentz in    
,germany3 ,but because the difference   
cannot be determin'd for want of        
undeniable ,authority1 ,i shall only    
deliver both their ,pleas to this       
,scientifick ,invention4    ,the        
,harlemers plead that ,lawrensz ,jansz  

,koster of ,harlem was the  first       
,inventer of ,printing1 in the year of  
our ,lord #adcj4 but that  in the       
,infancy of this ,invention he used only
 ,wooden ,blocks 7as in  ,china1 c4     
aforesaid7 but after some time he left  
off ,wood1 and ,cut  single ,letters in 
,steel1 which he sunck into ,copper     
,matrices1 and  fitting them to ,iron   
,molds1 ,cast single ,letters of ,mettal
 in those  ,matrices4 ,they say also1   
that his ,companion1 ,john ,gutenberg1  
stole  his ,tools away while he was at  
,church1 and with them went to ,mentz   
in ,germany1 and there set his ,tools to
 work1 and promoted ,his claim  to the  
first ,invention of this ,art1 before   
,koster did ,his4    ,to prove this1    
they say that ,rabbi ,joseph 7a ,jew7 in
 his  ,chronicle1 mentions a ,printed   
,book that he saw in ,venice1 in the    
year #eahh4 according to the ,jewish    
,account1 and by ours the year  #adbh4  
as may be read in ,pet4 ,scriverius4    
,they say much of a ,book intituled ,de 

,spiegel1 ,printed at ,harlem  in ,dutch
 and ,latin2 which ,book is yet there to
 be seen3 and they  alledge that ,book  
the first that ever was ,printed3 ,but  
yet say not when  this ,book was        
,printed4    ,notwithstanding this      
,plea1 ,i do not find 7perhaps because  
of their  imperfect ,proofs7 but that   
,gutenberg of ,mentz is more generally  
accepted for the first ,inventer of     
,printing1 than ,koster of ,harlem4     
,the ,learned ,dr4 ,wallis of ,oxford1  
hath made an ,inquiry into the  original
 of this ,invention1 and hath in brief  
sum'd up the matter in  these words4    
,about the year of our ,lord #adfj4 ,the
 ,art of ,printing began to be  invented
 and practised in ,germany1 whether     
first at ,mentz or first  at ,harlem it 
is not agreed3 ,but it seems that those 
who had it in  consideration before it  
was brought to perfection1 disagreeing  
among  themselves1 did part ,company2   
and some of them at ,harlem1 others at  
,mentz persued the design at the same   

time4    ,the ,book which is commonly   
reputed to have been first ,printed is1 
,tullies ,offices1 of which there be    
,copies extant 7as a ,rarity7 in many   
,libraries2 which in the close of it is 
said to be ,printed at ,mentz1  in the  
year of our ,lord #adfe4 7so says that  
,copy in the ,bodleyan  ,library7 or    
#adff4 7so that in the ,library of      
,corpus ,christi47  ,the words in the   
close of that in ,corpus ,christi       
,colledge ,oxon are  these1    ,prsens  
,marcij ,tullij ,clarissimum opus1      
,johanes ,hust1 ,moguntinus  ,civis1 non
 ,atrimento1 plumali canna1 neq2 rea1   
sed ,arte quadam  perpulchra1 ,petri    
manu ,petri de ,geurshem pueri mei1     
feliciter  effeci1 finitum ,anno ,m     
,,cccc ,,lx ,,vi quarto die ,mensis     
,februarij4    ,the like in the         
,bodleyan ,library2 save there the ,date
 is only thus1  ,finitum ,anno ,m ,,cccc
 ,,lx ,v4 ,in the same ,book there are  
these written  ,notes subjoyned3 ,hic   
eft ille ,johannes ,faustus1 coadjutor  

,johannes  ,gutenbergij primi           
,typographi inventaris1 ,alter coadjuto 
erat  ,petrus ,schfer1 i4 ,opilio4      
,quovix4    ,clando promptior alter     
erat1 inquit ,johan4 ,arnoldus in       
,libello  de ,chalcographi inventione1  
,scheffer primas finxit quas vocant     
,matrices4 ,hi tres exercuerunt artem   
primo in communi4 mox rupto  fdere      
seorsim sibi quisq2 privatim4    ,and   
again 7in a later hand7 ,inventionem    
artis ,typographic  ad ,annum #adec4 aut
 exerciter referunt ,sabillicus ,en4    
#aj4lib4#f4   ,monsterus4 ,alij ad      
,annum #adfj4 ,vide ,polid4 ,virg4lib4  
#b4 de ,invent4  ,rerum1 ,theod4        
,bibland4 de ,ratione communis          
linguarum4 cap4 de  ,chalcographia4     
,at ,harlem and some other places in    
,holland1 they pretend to have  ,books  
,printed somewhat ancienter than this2  
but they are most of  them 7if not all7 
done by way of ,carving whole ,pages in 
,wood1 not  by single ,letters ,cast in 
,mettal1 to be ,composed and            

,distributed as  occasion serves1 as is 
now the manner4    ,the chief ,inventer 
at ,harlem is said to be ,laurens ,jansz
 ,koster4    ,after these two places    
7,mentz and ,harlem7 it seems next of   
all to  have been practised at ,oxford3 
,for by the care1 and at the charge  of 
,king ,henry the #fth1 and of ,thomas   
,bourchier then ,arch-,bishop  of       
,canterbury 7and ,chancellour of the    
,university of ,oxford7 ,robert  ,turner
 ,master of the ,robe1 and ,william     
,caxton a ,merchant of ,london  were for
 that purpose sent to ,harlem1 at the   
charges partly of the  ,king1 partly of 
the ,arch-,bishop1 who then 7because    
these of ,harlem  were very chary of    
this secret7 prevailed privately with   
one  ,frederick ,corseles an            
under-,workman1 for a sum of ,money1 to 
come over  hither2 who thereupon did at 
,oxford set up the ,art of ,printing1   
before it was exercised any where else  
in ,england1 or in ,france1  ,italy1    
,venice1 ,germany1 or any other place1  

except only ,mentz and  ,harlem         
7aforementioned73 ,and there be several 
,copies yet extant  7as one in the      
,archives of the ,university of ,oxford1
 another in the  ,library of ,dr4 ,tho4 
,barlow1 now ,bishop of ,lincoln7 of a  
,treatise  of ,st4 ,jerome 7as it is    
there called 7because found among ,st4  
,jerom's ,works7 or rather  ,ruffinus   
upon the ,creed1 in a broad  ,octavo7   
,printed at ,oxford in the year #adfh4  
as appears by the  words in the close of
 it4    ,explicit expositio ,sancti     
,jeronimi in sembolo ,apostolorum ad    
papam  ,laurentium ,impressi ,oxonie    
finita ,anno ,domini ,m ,,cccc ,,lx     
,,viii4 xvij  die ,decembris4    ,which 
is but three years later than that of   
,tullies ,offices at  ,mentz1 in #adfe4 
and was perhaps one of the first ,books 
,printed on  ,paper2 7that of ,tully    
being on ,vellom47 ,and there the       
excercise  of ,printing hath continued  
successively to this day4    ,soon after
 ,william ,caxton 7the same ,i suppose  

who first brought  it to ,oxford7       
promoted it to ,london also1 which      
,baker in his  ,chronicle 7and some     
others7 say to have been about the year 
#adga4  but we have scarce any ,copies  
of ,books there ,printed remaining 7that
  ,i have seen7 earlier than the year   
#adhj4 ,and by that time1 or soon       
after1 it began to be received in       
,venice1 ,italy1 ,germany1 and other    
places1 as appears by ,books yet extant1
 ,printed at divers places in  those    
,times4 ,thus far ,dr4 ,wallis4    ,but 
whoever were the ,inventers of this     
,art1 or 7as some ,authors will  have   
it7 ,science2 nay1 ,science of ,sciences
 7say they7 certain  it is1 that in all 
its ,branches it can be deemed little   
less than a  ,science3 ,and ,i hope ,i  
say not to much of ,typographie3 ,for   
,dr4 ,dee1  in his ,mathematical        
,preface to ,euclids ,elements of       
,geometrie1 hath  worthily taken pains  
to make ,architecture a ,mathematical   
,science2  and as a vertual ,proof of   

his own ,learned ,plea1 quotes two      
,authentique  ,authors1 viz4 ,vitruvius 
and ,leo ,baptista1 who both give their 
descriptions and applause of            
,architecture3 ,his ,arguments are      
somewhat  copious1 and the ,original    
easily procurable in the ,english       
,tongue2  therefore instead of          
transcribing it1 ,i shall refer my      
,reader to the  ,text it self4    ,upon 
the consideration of what he has said in
 behalf of ,architecture1  ,i find that 
a ,typographer ought to be equally      
qualified with all the  ,sciences that  
becomes an ,architect1 and then ,i think
 no doubt remains  that ,typographie is 
not also a ,mathematical ,science4      
,for my own part1 ,i weighed it well in 
my thoughts1 and find all the           
accomplishments1 and some more of an    
,architect necessary in a  ,typographer3
 and though my business be not          
,argumentation1 yet my  ,reader1 by     
perusing the following discourse1 may   
perhaps satisfie  himself1 that a       

,typographer ought to be a man of       
,sciences4    ,by a ,typographer1 ,i do 
not mean a ,printer1 as he is ,vulgarly 
accounted1 any more than ,dr4 ,dee means
 a ,carpenter or ,mason to be  an       
,architect3 ,but by a ,typographer1 ,i  
mean such a one1 who by his  own        
,judgement1 from solid reasoning with   
himself1 can either perform1  or direct 
others to perform from the beginning to 
the end1 all the  ,handy-works and      
,physical ,operations relating to       
,typographie4    ,such a ,scientifick   
man was doubtless he who was the first  
,inventer  of ,typographie2 but ,i think
 few have succeeded him in ,science1    
though  the number of ,founders and     
,printers be grown very many3 ,insomuch 
that for the more easie managing of     
,typographie1 the ,operators have  found
 it necessary to devide it into several 
,trades1 each of which  7in the         
strictest sence7 stand no nearer related
 to ,typographie1  than ,carpentry or   
,masonry1 c4 are to ,architecture4 ,the 

several  devisions that are made1 are1  
,first ,the ,master-,printer1 who is as 
the ,soul of ,printing2 and all  the    
,work-men as members of the ,body       
governed by that ,soul subserveient  to 
him2 for the ,letter-,cutter would ,cut 
no ,letters1 the ,founder  not sinck the
 ,matrices1 or ,cast and ,dress the     
,letters1 the ,smith  and ,joyner not   
make the ,press and other ,utensils for 
,printing1  the ,compositer not ,compose
 the ,letters1 the ,correcter not read  
,proves1 the ,press-man not work the    
,forms off at the ,press1 or the        
,inck-maker make ,inck to work them     
with1 but by ,orders from the           
,master-,printer4      ,secondly1 ,the  
,letter-,cutter1      ,thirdly1 ,the    
,letter-,caster1    ,founders4          
,fourthly1 ,the ,letter-,dresser4       
,but very few ,founders exercise1 or    
indeed can perform all these    several 
,trades2 though each of these are       
indifferently called                    
,letter-,founders4      ,fifthly1 ,the  

,compositer1      ,sixthly1 ,the        
,correcter1    ,printers4    ,seventhly1
 ,the ,press-man1     ,eighthly1 ,the   
,inck-maker4     ,besides several other 
,trades they take in to their           
,assistance2 as    the ,smith1 the      
,joyner1 c4      ,,advertisement4       
,the continuation of my setting forth   
,mechanick ,exercises having been       
obstructed by the breaking out of the   
,plot1 which took off the minds of  my  
few ,customers from buying them1 as     
formerly2 ,and being of late much       
importun'd by many worthy ,persons to   
continue them2 ,i have promised to  go  
on again1 upon ,condition1 ,that a      
competent number of them may be  taken  
off my hand by ,subscribers1 soon after 
the publication of them in  the ,gazet1 
or posting up ,titles1 or by the        
,mercurius ,librarius1 c4    ,therefore 
such ,gentlemen or others as are willing
 to promote the coming  forth of these  
,exercises1 are desired to ,subscribe   
their ,names and  place of abode3 ,that 

so such ,persons as live about this     
,city may  have them sent so soon as    
they come forth3 ,quick ,sale being the 
best  encouragement4    ,some ,gentlemen
 7to whom they are very acceptable7 tell
 me they will  take them when all       
,trades are finish't1 which cannot      
reasonably be  expected from me 7my     
,years considered7 in my life-time2     
which implies  they will be ,customers  
when ,i'me dead1 or perhaps by that time
 some of  themselves4    ,the price of  
these ,books will be #b;d4 for each     
,printed ,sheet4 ,and  #b;d4 for every  
,print taken off of ,copper ,cuts4      
,there are three reasons why this price 
cannot be thought dear4    #a4 ,the     
,writing is all new matter1 not         
,collected1 or ,translated from any     
other ,authors3 and the drafts of the   
,cuts all drawn from the ,tools and     
,machines used in each respective       
,trade4    #b4 ,i ,print but #ejj on    
each ,sheet1 ,and those upon good       
,paper3 which  makes the charge of      

,printing dear1 proportionable to great 
numbers4    #c4 ,some ,trades are       
particularly affected by some           
,customers1 7who  desire not the rest17 
and consequently sooner sold off1 which 
renders  the remainder of the un-sold   
,exercises unperfect1 and therefore  not
 acceptable to such as desire all3 so   
that they will remain as  waste-,paper  
on my hands4     ,,joseph ,,moxon4      
,,mechanick ,,exercises3                
,or1 the ,doctrine of                   
,handy-works4                           
,applied to the ,art of                 
,printing4      4 #b4 ,of the ,office of
 a ,master-,printer4    ,i ,shall begin 
with the ,office of a ,master-,printer1 
because 7as  aforesaid7 he is the       
,directer of all the ,work-men1 he is   
the ,base 7as  the ,dutchmen properly   
call him7 on which the ,workmen stand1  
both  for providing ,materials to ,work 
withal1 and successive variety of       
,directions how and in what manner and  
order to perform that ,work4    ,his    

,office is therefore to provide a       
,house1 or ,room or ,rooms in which  he 
is to set his ,printing-,house4 ,this   
expression may seem strange1  but it is 
,printers ,language3 ,for a             
,printing-,house may admit of a  twofold
 meaning2 one the ,vulgar acceptance1   
and is relative to the  ,house or ,place
 wherein ,printing is used2 the other a 
more peculiar  ,phrase ,printers use    
among themselves1 viz4 only the         
,printing  ,tools1 which they frequently
 call a ,printing-,house3 ,thus they    
say1  ,such a ,one has set up a         
,printing-,house1 when as thereby they  
mean he  has furnish'd a ,house with    
,printing ,tools4 ,or such a one has    
remov'd  his ,printing-,house1 when     
thereby they only mean he has remov'd   
the  ,tools us'd in his former ,house4  
,these expressions have been used ,time 
out of mind1 and are continued by them  
to this day4    ,but to proceed1 ,having
 consider'd what number of ,presses and 
,cases  he shall use1 he makes it his   

business to furnish himself with a ,room
  or ,rooms well-lighted1 and of        
convenient capacity for his number of   
,presses and ,cases1 allowing for each  
,press about ,seven ,foot  square upon  
the ,floor1 and for every ,frame of     
,cases which holds ,two  pair of ,cases1
 viz4 one pair ,romain and one pair     
,itallica1 ,five  ,foot and an half in  
length 7for so much they contain7 and   
,four ,foot and  an half in breadth1    
though they contain but ,two ,foot and  
,nine ,inches3  ,but then room will be  
left to pass freely between two ,frames4
    ,we will suppose he resolves to have
 his ,presses and ,cases stand in  the  
same ,room 7though in ,england it is not
 very customary74 ,he places  the ,cases
 on that side the ,room where they will 
most conveniently  stand1 so1 as when   
the ,compositer is at work the ,light   
may come in on  his ,left-hand2 for else
 his ,right-hand plying between the     
,window-light  and his ,eye might shadow
 the ,letter he would pick up3 ,and the 

,presses he places so1 as the ,light may
 fall from a ,window right  before the  
,form and ,tinpan3 ,and if scituation   
will allow it1 on the  ,north-side the  
,room1 that the ,press-men1 when at     
their hard labour in  ,summer time1 may 
be the less uncommoded with the heat of 
the ,sun3  ,and also that they may the  
better see by the constancy of that     
,light1  to keep the whole ,heap of an  
equal ,colour4    ,he is also to take   
care that his ,presses have a solid and 
firm  ,foundation1 and an even          
,horizontal ,floor to stand on1 ,that   
when the  ,presses are set up their     
,feet shall need no ,underlays1 which   
both  damage a ,press1 are often apt to 
work out1 and consequently subject  it  
to an unstable and loose position1 as   
shall further be shewn when we  come to 
the ,setting up of the ,press4    ,and  
as the ,foundation ought to be very     
firm1 so ought also the ,roof and       
,sides of the ,press ,room to be1 that  
the ,press may be fastned with  ,braces 

overhead and on its ,sides1 as well and 
steddy as under foot4    ,he is also to 
take care that the ,room have a clear1  
free and pretty  lofty ,light1 not      
impeded with the shadow of other        
,houses1 or with  ,trees2 nor so low    
that the ,sky-light will not reach into 
every part  of the ,room3 ,but yet not  
too high1 lest the violence of ,winter  
7,printers using generally but          
,paper-windows7 gain too great advantage
  of ,freesing the ,paper and ,letter1  
and so both ,work and ,workman stand    
still4 ,therefore he ought to           
,philosophize with himself1 for the     
making  the height of his ,lights to    
bear a rational proportion to the       
capacity  of the ,room4    ,here being  
but two sides of the ,room yet used1 he 
places the  ,correcting-stone against a 
good ,light1 and as near as he can      
towards  the middle of the ,room1 that  
the ,compositers belonging to each end  
of the ,room may enjoy an equal access  
to it4 ,but sometimes there are  several

 ,correcting-stones plac'd in several   
parts of the ,room4    ,the ,lye-,trough
 and ,rincing-,trough he places towards 
some corner  of the ,room1 yet so as    
they may have a good ,light2 and under  
these he  causes a ,sink to be made to  
convey the ,water out of the ,room3 ,but
  if he have other conveniencies for the
 placing these ,troughs1 he will  rather
 set them out of the ,room to avoid the 
slabbering they cause in4    ,about the 
middle of the ,room he places the       
,destributing-,frame 7viz4  the ,frame  
on which the ,forms are set that are to 
be ,destributed7  which may stand light 
enough1 though it stand at some         
considerable  distance from the ,window4
    ,in some other empty place of the   
,room 7least frequented7 he causes  so  
many ,nest-,frames to be made as he     
thinks convenient to hold the  ,cases   
that may lye out of present use2 and the
 ,letter-boards with  ,forms set by on  
them1 that both the ,cases and the      
,forms may be  the better secured from  

running to ,pye4    ,having thus        
contrived the several ,offices of the   
,room1 ,he furnishes it  with ,letters1 
,presses1 ,cases1 ,chases1 ,furniture1  
c4 ,of each  of which in ,order4      4 
#b4 ,of ,letter4    ,he provides a      
,fount 7properly a ,fund7 of ,letter of 
all ,bodies2  for most ,printing-,houses
 have all except the two first1 viz4    
,pearl1 ,nomparel1 ,brevier1            
,long-,primmer1 ,pica1 ,english1        
,great-,primmer1 ,double-,pica1         
,two-,lin'd-,english1 ,great-,cannon4   
,these are the ,bodies most of use in   
,england2 ,but the ,dutch have  several 
other ,bodies3 which because there is   
little and almost no  perceivable       
difference from some of these mentioned1
 ,i think they  are not worth naming4   
,yet we have one ,body more which is    
sometimes  used in ,england2 that is a  
,small ,pica1 but ,i account it no great
  discretion in a ,master-,printer to   
provide it2 because it differs so       
little from the ,pica1 that unless the  

,workmen be carefuller than they        
sometimes are1 it may be mingled with   
the ,pica1 and so the ,beauty of  both  
,founts may be spoil'd4    ,these       
aforesaid ,bodies are commonly ,cast    
with a ,romain1  ,italica1 and sometimes
 an ,english ,face4 ,he also provides   
some  ,bodies with the ,musick1 the     
,greek1 the ,hebrew1 and the ,syriack   
,face3 ,but these1 or some of these1 as 
he reckons his oppertunities may  be to 
use them4    ,and that the ,reader may  
the better understand the sizes of these
  several ,bodies1 ,i shall give him    
this ,table following2 wherein is set   
down the number of each ,body that is   
contained in one ,foot4      ,pearl1    
#ahd     ,nomparel1           #aej      
,brevier1            #aab               
,long-,primmer1        #ib     ,pica1   
#ge  contained in one ,foot4            
,english1             #ff               
,great-,primmer1       #ej              
,double-,pica1         #ch              
,two-,lin'd ,english1   #cc             

,great-,cannon4       #ag     ,his care 
in the choice of these ,letters are1    
,first1 ,that the ,letter have a true   
shape3 ,which he may know1 as by  the 4 
of ,letter-,cutting4    ,i confess this 
piece of ,judgement1 viz4 knowing of    
true ,shape1  may admit of some         
controversy1 because neither the        
,ancients whom  we received the         
knowledge of these ,letters from1 nor   
any other  authentick ,authority have   
delivered us ,rules1 either to make or  
know  true shape by3 ,and therefore it  
may be objected that every one that     
makes ,letters but tolerably like       
,romain1 ,italick1 c4 may  pretend his  
to be true shap'd4    ,to this ,i       
answer1 that though we can plead no     
,ancient ,authority for  the shape of   
,letters1 yet doubtless 7if we judge    
rationally7 we  must conclude that the  
,romain ,letters were ,originally       
invented and  contrived to be made and  
consist of ,circles1 ,arches of         
,circles1 and  straight ,lines2 and     

therefore those ,letters that have these
 ,figures1  either entire1 or else      
properly mixt1 so as the ,course and    
,progress of  the ,pen may best admit1  
may deserve the name of true ,shape1    
rather  than those that have not4       
,besides1 ,since the late made          
,dutch-,letters are so generally1 and   
indeed most deservedly accounted the    
best1 as for their ,shape1  consisting  
so exactly of ,mathematical ,regular    
,figures as aforesaid1  ,and for the    
commodious ,fatness they have beyond    
other ,letters1 which  easing the ,eyes 
in ,reading1 renders them more ,legible2
 ,as also the  true placing their ,fats 
and their ,leans1 with the sweet driving
 them  into one another1 and indeed all 
the accomplishments that can render     
,letter regular and beautiful1 do more  
visibly appear in them than in  any     
,letters ,cut by any other ,people3 ,and
 therefore ,i think we may  account the 
,rules they were made by1 to be the     
,rules of true shap'd  ,letters4    ,for

 my own part1 ,i liked their ,letters so
 well1 especially those that  were ,cut 
by ,christophel ,van ,dijck of          
,amsterdam1 that ,i set my self  to     
examine the ,proportions of all and     
every the parts and ,members of  every  
,letter1 and was so well pleased with   
the ,harmony and ,decorum  of their     
,symetrie1 and found so much ,regularity
 in every part1 and so  good reason for 
his ,order and ,method1 that ,i examined
 the biggest of  his ,letters with      
,glasses1 which so magnified the whole  
,letter1  that ,i could easily          
distinguish1 and with small ,deviders   
measure off  the size1 scituation and   
form of every part1 and the proportion  
every  part bore to the whole2 and for  
my own future satisfaction collected my 
,observations into a ,book1 which ,i    
have inserted in my ,exercises on       
,letter-,cutting4 ,for therein ,i have  
exhibited to the ,world the true  ,shape
 of ,christophel ,van ,dijcks aforesaid 
,letters1 largely ,engraven  in ,copper 

,plates4    ,whence ,i conclude1 ,that  
since common consent of ,book-men assign
 the  ,garland to the ,dutch-,letters as
 of late ,cut1 and that now those       
,letters are reduced unto a ,rule1 ,i   
think the ,objection is ,answered2  ,and
 our ,master-,printers care in the      
choice of good and true shap'd  ,letters
 is no difficult ,task3 ,for if it be a 
large ,bodied ,letter1  as ,english1    
,great-,primmer and upwards1 it will    
shew it self2 and  if it be small1 as   
,pearl1 ,nomparel1 c4 though it may be  
difficult  to judge the exact ,symetry  
with the naked ,eye1 yet by the help of 
a  ,magnifying-,glass or two if occasion
 be1 even those small ,letters  will    
appear as large as the biggest ,bodied  
,letters shall to the naked  ,eye3 ,and 
then it will be no difficult ,task to   
judge of the ,order and  ,decorum even  
of the smallest ,bodied ,letters4 ,for  
indeed1 to my wonder  and astonishment1 
,i have observ'd ,v4 ,dijcks ,pearl     
,dutch ,letters in  ,glasses that have  

,magnified them to great ,letters1 and  
found the  whole ,shape bear such true  
proportion to his great ,letters1 both  
for  the ,thickness1 ,shape1 ,fats and  
,leans1 as if with ,compasses he  could 
have measur'd and set off in that small 
compass every particular  ,member1 and  
the true breadth of every ,fat and ,lean
 ,stroak in each  ,letter1 not to exceed
 or want 7when magnified7 of ,letter    
,cut to the  ,body it was ,magnified to4
    ,his second care in the choice of   
,letters is1 ,that they be deep ,cut2   
for then they will ,print clear the     
longer1 and be less subject to          
entertain ,picks4    ,his third care1   
,that they be deep sunck in the         
,matrices least the  bottom line of a   
,page ,beard4 ,yet though they be deep  
sunk1 ,his care  ought to be to see the 
,beard also well cut off by the         
,founder4    ,and a ,fourth ,care in the
 choice of ,letter is1 ,that his ,letter
 be  ,cast upon good ,mettal1 that it   
may last the longer4    ,of each ,body  

he provides a ,fount suitable to such   
sorts of ,work as he  designs to do2    
,but he provides not an equal weight of 
every ,fount2  ,because all these       
,bodies are not in equal use3 ,for the  
,long-,primmer1  ,pica and ,english are 
the ,bodies that are generally most     
used2 ,and  therefore he provides very  
large ,founts of these1 viz4 of the     
,long-,primmer in a small               
,printing-,house1 ,five hundred ,pounds 
weight  ,romain and ,italica1 whereof   
,one hundred and fifty ,pounds may be   
,italica4 ,of the ,pica and ,english1   
,roman and ,italica1 ,eight1  ,nine     
hundred1 or a ,thousand ,pounds weight3 
when as of other ,founts  ,three or     
,four hundred ,pounds weight is         
accounted a good ,fount3 ,and of  the   
,cannon and ,great-,cannon1 ,one hundred
 ,pounds or somewhat less  may serve his
 turn2 ,because the common use of them  
is to set ,titles  with4    ,besides    
,letters he ,provides ,characters of    
,astronomical ,signs1  ,planets1        

,aspects1 ,algebraical ,characters1     
,physical and ,chimical  ,characters1 c4
 ,and these of several of the most used 
,bodies4    ,he ,provides also ,flowers 
to set over the ,head of a ,page at the 
beginning of a ,book3 ,but they are now 
accounted old-fashion1 and  therefore   
much out of use4 ,yet ,wooden-,borders1 
if well ,drawn1  and neatly ,cut1 may be
 ,printed in a ,creditable ,book1 ,as   
also1  ,wooden-,letters well ,drawn and 
neatly ,cut may be used at the beginning
  of a ,dedication1 ,preface1 ,section1 
c4 ,yet instead of ,wooden  ,letters1   
,capitals ,cast in ,mettal generally now
 serves2 because but  few or good       
,cutters in ,wood appear4    ,he also   
provides ,brass-,rules of about ,sixteen
 ,inches long1 that the  ,compositer may
 cut them into such ,lengths as his     
,work requires4    ,in the choice of his
 ,brass-,rules1 he examines that they be
 exactly  ,letter high2 for if they be  
much too high1 they may cut through     
,paper1 ,tinpan and ,blankets too2 ,and 

if they be but a little too  high1 not  
only the ,sholder1 or ,beard1 on either 
side them will ,print  black2 but they  
will bear the ,plattin off the ,letters 
that stand  near them1 so that those    
,letters will not ,print at all3 ,and if
 they  be too low1 then the ,rules      
themselves will not ,print4    ,it      
sometimes happens through the           
unskilfulness of the ,joyner1 7for  they
 commonly1 but unproperly1 imploy       
,joyners to make them7 that a  ,length  
shall be hollow in the middle both on   
the ,face and ,foot1 and  shall run     
driving higher and higher towards both  
ends3 ,hence it comes  to pass1 that    
when the ,compositer cuts a piece of    
,rule to his  intended ,length1 the     
,rule shall ,print hard at one end1 and 
the  other shall not ,print at all2 ,so 
that he shall be forced to knock up  the
 foot of the low end1 as shall be shewn 
in its proper place4    ,but the careful
 ,master-,printer having found that his 
,brass-,rules  is ,letter high all the  

whole ,length1 will also examine whether
 it be  straight all the whole ,length1 
which he does by applying both the      
,face and ,foot to the surface of the   
,correcting-stone2 ,and if the  ,face   
and ,foot comply so closely with the    
,correcting-stone1 that light  cannot be
 seen between them1 he concludes the    
,brass-,rule is straight4               
,illustration3 ,plate #a4    ,then he   
examines the ,face or ,edge of the      
,rule1 whether it have an  ,edge of an  
equal breadth all the whole ,length1 and
 that the ,edge be  neither too thick   
nor too fine for his porpose4    ,he    
should also take care that the ,brass1  
before it be cut out1 be  well and      
skilfully ,planish't1 nor would that    
charge be ill bestowd2  for it would be 
saved out of the thickness of the ,brass
 that is  commonly used3 ,for the       
,joyners being unskilful in ,planishing1
 buy  ,neal'd thick ,brass that the     
,rule may be strong enough1 and so cut  
it into slips without ,hammering1 which 

makes the ,rule easily bow any  way and 
stand so1 and will never come to so good
 and smooth an ,edge  as ,planish't     
,brass will4 ,besides1 ,brass well      
,planish't will be  stiffer and stronger
 at half the thickness than unplanish't 
,brass  will at the whole3 ,as ,i shall 
further shew when ,i come to ,exercise  
upon  ,mathematical ,instrument-making4 
4 #c4 ,of ,cases4    ,next he provides  
,cases4 ,a ,pair of ,cases is an        
,upper-,case and a  ,lower-,case4       
,the ,upper-,case and the ,lower-,case  
are of an equal length1 breadth  and    
depth1 viz4 ,two ,foot nine ,inches     
long1 ,one ,foot four ,inches and  an   
half broad1 and about an ,inch and a    
quarter deep1 besides the bottom        
,board2 ,but for small ,bodied ,letters 
they are made somewhat shallower1  and  
for great ,bodies deeper4               
,long-,primmer and downwards are        
accounted small ,bodies2 ,english and   
upwards are accounted great ,bodies4    
,the conveniencies of a shallow ,case   

is1 that the ,letters in each  ,box lye 
more visible to the last1 as being less 
shadowed by the sides  of the ,boxes4   
,the conveniencies of a deep ,case is1  
that it will hold a great many          
,letters1 so that a ,compositer needs   
not so often ,destribute4  #b;dly4 ,it  
is not so soon ,low1 7as ,compositers   
say when the  ,case grows towards empty7
 and a ,low ,case is unconvenient for a 
,compositer to work at1 partly because  
the ,case standing shelving  downwards  
towards them1 the ,letters that are in  
the ,case tend  towards the hither-side 
of the ,case1 and are shadowed by the   
hither  side of that ,box they lye in1  
so that they are not so easily seen by  
the ,eye1 or so ready to come at with   
the ,fingers1 as if they lay in the     
middle of the ,box4    ,these ,cases are
 encompassed about with a ,frame about  
,three quarters  of an ,inch broad1 that
 the ends of the several partitions may 
be let  into the substance of the       
,frame3 ,but the hithermost side of the 

,frame is about half an ,inch higher    
than the other sides1 that when  either 
the ,galley or another pair of ,cases   
are set upon them1 the  bottom edge of  
the ,galley1 or of those ,cases may stop
 against that  higher ,frame1 and not   
slide off4    ,both the ,upper and the  
,lower-,case have a thick ,partition    
about  three quarters of an ,inch broad1
 ,duff-tail'd into the middle of the    
upper and under ,rail of the ,frame4    
,this ,partition is made thus broad1    
that ,grooves may be made on either side
 of it to receive the ends of  those    
,partitions that devide the breadth of  
the ,case1 and also to  strengthen the  
whole ,frame2 for the bottom ,board is  
as well nailed to  this thick ,partition
 as to the outer ,frame of the ,case4   
,but the devisions for the several      
,boxes of the ,upper and ,lower-  ,cases
 are not alike3 for each half of the    
whole length of the  ,upper-,case is    
devided into seven equal parts1 as you  
may see in ,plate  #a4 at ,a1 and its   

breadth into seven equal parts1 so that 
the whole  ,upper-,case is divided into 
,ninety eight square ,boxes1 whose sides
  are all equal to one another4    ,but 
the ,two halfs of the length of the     
,lower-,case are not thus  devided2 for 
each half of the length of the          
,lower-,case is devided  into ,eight    
equal parts1 and its breadth into       
,seven2 but it is not  throughout thus  
devided neither2 for then the ,boxes    
would be all of  equal size3 ,but the   
,lower-,case is devided into four       
several sizes of  ,boxes1 as you may see
 in ,plate #a4 ,b4    ,the reason of    
these different sizes of ,boxes is1     
,that the biggest  ,boxes may be        
disposed nearest the ,compositers hand1 
because the  ,english ,language1 and    
consequently all ,english ,coppy runs   
most upon  such and such ,sorts2 so that
 the ,boxes that holds those ,sorts     
ought  to be most capacious4    ,his    
care in the choice of these ,cases is1  
,that the ,wood they are made  of be    

well-season'd ,stuff4    ,that the      
,partitions be strong1 and true let into
 one another1 and that  the ends fill up
 and stand firm in the ,grooves of the  
,frame and  middle ,rail of the ,case4  
,there is an inconvenience that often   
happens1 these thin ,partitions1        
especially if they be made of unseason'd
 ,stuff1 viz4 as the ,stuff  dries it   
shrinks in the ,grooves of the ,frame1  
and so not only grows  loose1 but       
sometimes starts out above the top of   
the ,frame4 ,to  prevent this           
inconvenience1 ,i have of late caused   
the ends of these  thin partitions to be
 made ,male-,duf-tails1 broadest on the 
under-side1  and have them fitted into  
,female-,duf-tails in the ,frame of the 
,case1  and middle ,rail before the     
bottom ,boards are nailed on4    ,that  
the ,partitions be full an ,english     
,body thick4    ,that the ,partitions   
lye close to the bottom of the ,case1   
that so the  ,letters slide not through 
an upper into an under ,box1 when the   

,papers of the ,boxes may be worn4      
4 #d4 ,of ,frames to set the ,cases on4 
,frames are in most ,printing-,houses   
made of thick ,deal-board  ,battens1    
having their several ,rails ,tennanted  
into the ,stiles3 but  these sorts of   
,frames are1 in respect of their matter 
7viz4 ,fir7  so weak1 and in respect of 
their substance 7viz4 little above an   
,inch  thick7 so slight1 that experience
 teaches us1 when they are even new     
made1 they tremble and totter1 and      
having lasted a little while1 the       
thinness of their ,tennants being a     
little above a quarter of an ,inch      
thick1 according to the ,rules of       
,joynery1 as ,i have shewn in ,numb4    
#e4 4 #ag4 ,they ,craze1 their ,tennants
 break1 or ,mortesses split1 and  put   
the ,master-,printer to a fresh ,charge4
    ,it is rationally to be imagined    
that the ,frames should be  designed to 
last as long as the ,printing-house2 and
 therefore our  ,master-,printer ought  
to take care that they be made of matter

  strong enough1 and of substance big   
enough to do the ,service they are      
intended for2 that they stand           
substantial and firm in their place1 so 
as a small ,jostle against them shake   
them not1 which often reiterated        
weakens the ,frame-work1 and at that    
present is subject to shake the  ,letter
 in the ,galley down4    ,i shall not   
offer to impose ,rules upon any here1   
especially since  ,i have no ,authority 
from ,prescript or ,custom2 yet ,i shall
 set down  the ,scantlings that ,i my   
self thought fit to use on this         
occasion4 ,a  ,delineation of the       
,frames are in ,plate #a4 at ,c4      a 
a a a ,the ,fore-,rails4    b b b b ,the
 ,hind-,rails4    c ,the ,top           
,fore-,rail4    d ,the ,bottom          
,fore-,rail4    e ,the ,top ,hind-,rail4
    f ,the ,bottom ,hind-,rail4    g g g
 g ,the ,end-,rail4    h h h h          
,cross-,bearers4    ,i made the ,rails  
and ,stiles of well-seasoned fine ,oak1 
clean1  7that is free from ,knots and   

,shakes7 the ,stiles and ,rails two     
,inches and an half square1 the ,top and
 ,bottom ,fore-,rails and  the ,bottom  
,hind-,rail four ,foot three ,inches    
long1 besides their  ,tennants2 ,and the
 ,top ,hind-,rail five ,foot three      
,inches long4 ,the  two ,fore-,rails and
 ,bottom ,hind-,rail had ,iron          
,female-,screws let  into them1 which1  
through an hole made in the ,stiles1    
received a  ,male-,screw with a long    
shank1 and a ,sholder at the end of it  
to screw  them tight and firm together1 
even as the ,rails of a ,bedsted are    
screwed into the ,mortesses of a        
,bed-,post4    ,each ,back-,stile was   
four ,foot one ,inch and an half high   
besides their  ,tennants1 and each      
,fore-,stile three ,foot three ,inches  
high1 each  ,fore and ,back-,stile had  
two ,rails one ,foot seven ,inches long1
  besides their ,tennants ,tennanted and
 ,pin'd into them1 because not  intended
 to be taken assunder4    ,it must be   
considered1 that the ,fore-stiles be of 

a convenient  height for the pitch of an
 ordinary ,man to stand and work at1    
which  the heighth aforesaid is2 ,and   
that the ,hind stiles be so much higher 
than the ,fore-stiles1 that when the    
,cross-,bearers are laid upon the  upper
 ,fore and ,hind-,rail1 and the ,cases  
laid on them1 the ,cases  may have a    
convenient declivity from the upper-side
 the ,upper-,case1  to the lower side   
the ,lower-,case4    ,the ,reason of    
this declivity is1 because the ,cases   
standing thus  before the ,workman1 the 
farther ,boxes of the ,upper-,case are  
more  ready and easie to come at1 than  
if they lay flat2 they being in this    
position somewhat nearer the hand1 and  
the ,letters in those ,boxes  somewhat  
easier seen4    ,if the ,workman prove  
taller than ,ordinary1 he lays another  
or two pair  of ,cases under the ,cases 
he uses1 to mount them3 ,if the ,workman
 be  short1 as ,lads1 c4 ,he lays a     
,paper-board 7or sometimes two7 on  the 
floor by the ,fore-side of the ,frame1  

and standing to work on it1  mounts     
himself4    ,the ,bearers are made of   
,slit-,deal1 about two ,inches broad1   
and so  long as to reach from the       
,fore-,rail through the ,upper-,rail1   
and  are let in1 so as to lye even with 
the superficies of the ,fore and        
,hind-,rail1 and at such a distance on  
both the ,rails1 as you may see  in the 
,figure4    ,illustration3 ,plate #b4   
,on the ,superficies of the ,fore-,rail1
 even with its ,fore-,edge is  nailed a 
small ,riglet about half an ,inch high1 
and a quarter and half  quarter of an   
,inch thick1 that the ,cases set on the 
,frame having  the aforesaid declivity1 
may by it be stop't from sliding off4   
4 #e4 ,of the ,galley4    ,our          
,master-,printer is also to provide     
,galleys of different sizes1  ,that the 
,compositer may be suited with small    
ones when he ,composes  small ,pages1   
and with great ones for great ,pages4   
,the ,galley is marked ,a in ,plate #b4 
a b c ,the ,sides or ,frame of the      

,galley4    d ,the ,slice4    ,these    
,galleys are commonly made of two flat  
,wainscot ,boards1 each  about a quarter
 and half quarter of an ,inch thick1 the
 uppermost to  slide in ,grooves of the 
,frame1 close down to the undermost1    
though for  small ,pages a single ,board
 with two sides for the ,frame may serve
  well enough3 ,those ,wainscot ,boards 
are an ,oblong ,square1 having its      
length longer than its breadth1 even as 
the form of a ,page hath4 ,the  three   
,sides of the ,frame are fixed fast and 
square down on the upper  ,plain of the 
undermost ,board1 to stand about three  
fifth parts of the  height of the       
,letter above the superficies of the    
,slice4 ,the ,sides  of the ,frame must 
be broad enough to admit of a pretty    
many good strong  ,oaken ,pins along the
 ,sides1 to be drove hard into the      
,bottom ,board1  and almost quite       
through the ,sides of the ,frame1 that  
the ,frame may  be firmly fixed to it3  
,but by no means must they be ,glewed on

 to the  ,bottom ,board1 because the    
,compositer may sometimes have occasion 
to  wet the ,page in the ,galley1 and   
then 7the ,galley standing aslope  upon 
the ,case7 the ,water will soak between 
the sides of the ,frame1  and under     
,board1 and quickly loosen it4      4   
#f4 ,of the ,correcting-stone4    ,the  
,correcting-,stone marked ,b in ,plate  
#b4 is made of ,marble1  ,purbeck1 or   
any other ,stone that may be made flat  
and smooth3 ,but  yet the harder the    
,stone is the better2 wherefore ,marble 
is more  preferable than ,purbeck4      
,first1 ,because it is a more compact   
,stone1  having fewer and smaller ,pores
 in it than ,purbeck4 ,and ,secondly1   
because it is harder1 and therefore less
 subject to be prick'd with the  corners
 of a ,chase1 if through carelessness   
7as it sometimes happens7  it be pitch'd
 on the ,face of the ,stone4    ,it is  
necessary to have it capacious1 viz4    
large enough to hold  two ,chases and   
more1 that the ,compositer may sometimes

 for his  convenience1 set some ,pages  
by on it ready to ,impose1 though two   
,chases lye on the ,stone3 ,therefore a 
,stone of about ,four ,foot  and an half
 long1 and ,two ,foot broad is a        
convenient size for the  generality of  
,work4    ,this ,stone is to be laid    
upon a strong ,oaken-wood ,frame1 made  
like  the ,frame of a common ,table1 so 
high1 that the ,face of the ,stone may  
lye about three ,foot and an ,inch above
 the ,floor3 ,and under the upper  ,rail
 of the ,frame may be fitted a ,row or  
two of ,draw-,boxes1 as at a a  a a a a 
and b b b on each of its longest ,sides 
to hold ,flowers1  ,brass-,rules1       
,braces1 ,quotations1 small ,scabbords1 
c4      4 #g4 ,of ,letter-,boards1 and  
,paper-,boards4    ,letter-,boards are  
,oblong ,squares1 about two ,foot long1 
eighteen  ,inches broad1 and an ,inch   
and a quarter thick4 ,they ought to be  
made of  clean and well-season'd ,stuff1
 and all of one piece3 ,their upper-side
  is to be ,plained very flat and       

smooth1 and their under-side is ,clamped
  with pieces about two ,inches square1 
and within about four ,inches of  either
 end1 as well to keep them from         
,warping1 as to bear them off  the      
,ground or any other ,flat they stand   
on1 that the ,fingers of the            
,compositer may come at the bottom of   
the ,board to remove it whither  he     
will3 ,they are commonly made of ,fir1  
though not so thick as ,i have          
mentioned1 or all of one ,piece3        
,deal-,boards of this breadth may serve 
to make them of2 but ,joyners commonly  
put ,master-,printers off with  ordinary
 ,deal-,boards1 which not being broad   
enough1 they joyn two  together2 for    
which cause they frequently shrink1 so  
as the joynt comes  assunder1 and the   
,board becomes useless1 unless it be to 
serve for a  ,paper-,board afterwards3  
,for small and thin ,letters will1 when 
the  ,form is open1 drop through1 so as 
the ,compositer cannot use the ,board4  
,i us'd to make them of ,sugar-,chest2  

,that ,stuff being commonly             
well-season'd1 by the long lying of the 
,sugar in it1 and is besides  a fine    
hard ,wood1 and therefore less subject  
to be injured by the end  of the        
,shooting-,stick when a ,form is        
,unlocking4    ,paper-,boards are made  
just like the ,letter-,boards1 though   
seldom  so large1 unless for great      
,work3 ,nor need such strict care be    
taken in  making them so exactly smooth3
 their ,office being only to set ,heaps 
of  ,paper on1 and to ,press the ,paper 
with4      4 #h4 ,of ,furniture1        
,quoyns1 ,scabbord1 c4    ,by ,furniture
 is meant the ,head-sticks1             
,foot-sticks1  ,side-sticks1            
,gutter-sticks1 ,riglets1 ,scabbords and
 ,quoyns4    ,head-sticks and all other 
,furniture1 except ,scabbord1 are made  
of dry ,wainscot1 that they may not     
shrink when the ,form stands  by2 ,they 
are ,quadrat high1 straight1 and of an  
equal thickness all  the length3 ,they  
are made of several thicknesses for     

several ,works1  viz4 from a ,brevier   
which serves for some ,quarto's to six  
or  eight ,pica thick1 which is many    
times us'd to ,folio's3 ,and many  of   
the ,head-sticks may also serve to make 
,inner ,side-sticks of2  for the        
,master-,printer provides them of       
lengths long enough for the  ,compositer
 to cut to convenient ,scantlins or     
,lengths1 they being  commonly about a  
,yard long when they come from the      
,joyners4 ,and  ,note1 that the ,head   
and ,side-sicks are called ,riglets1 if 
they  exceed not an ,english thick4     
,outer ,side-sticks and ,foot-sticks    
marked ,c in ,plate #b4 are of the  same
 heighth of the ,head-sticks1 viz4      
,quadrat high1 and are  by the ,joyner  
cut to the given length1 and to the     
breadth of the  particular ,pages that  
are to be ,imposed3 ,the ,side-sticks   
are  placed against the outer-side of   
the ,page1 and the ,foot-sticks  against
 the foot or bottom of the ,page3 ,the  
outer-sides of these  ,side and         

,foot-sticks are bevil'd or sloped from 
the further to the  hither end4         
,gutter-sticks marked ,d in ,plate #b4  
are as the former1 ,quadrat high1  and  
are used to set between ,pages on either
 side the ,crosses1 as in  ,octavo's1   
,twelves1 ,sixteens1 and ,forms upwards2
 ,they are made  of an equal thickness  
their whole length1 like ,head-sticks2  
but they  have a ,groove1 or ,gutter    
laid on the upper-side of them1 as well 
that  the ,water may drain away when the
 ,form is ,washed or ,rinced1 as that   
they should not ,print1 when through the
 tenderness of the ,tinpan1  the        
,plattin presses it and the ,paper lower
 than ordinary4    ,scabbord is that    
sort of ,scale commonly sold by some    
,iron-mongers  in ,bundles2 ,and of     
which1 the ,scabbords for ,swords are   
made3 ,the  ,compositer cuts it ,quadrat
 high1 and to his ,length4    ,the      
,master-,printer is to provide both     
,thick and ,thin ,scabbord1  that the   
,compositer may use either when         

different ,bodied ,letter  happens in a 
,page1 to justifie the ,page to a true  
length2 ,and  also that the ,press-man  
may chuse ,thick or ,thin to make truer 
,register1 as shall be shewed in proper 
place4    ,quoyns are also ,quadrat     
high1 and have one of their sides       
,bevil'd  away to comply with the ,bevil
 of the ,side and ,foot-sticks2 they are
  of different ,lengths1 and different  
,breadths3 ,the great ,quoyns about     
three ,inches square1 except the ,bevil 
on one side as aforesaid2 and  these    
sizes deminish downwards to an ,inch and
 an half in length1 and  half an ,inch  
in breadth4    ,of these ,quoyns our    
,master-,printer provides several       
hundreds1 and  should provide them of at
 the least ten different ,breadths      
between the  aforesaid sizes1 that the  
,compositer may chuse such as will best 
fit  the ,chase and ,furniture4    ,the 
,office of these ,quoyns are to ,lock up
 the ,form1 viz4 to  wedge it up 7by    
force of a ,mallet and ,shooting-stick7 

so close  together1 both on the sides   
and between ,head and ,foot of the      
,page1  that every ,letter bearing hard 
against every next ,letter1 the whole   
,form may ,rise2 as shall be shewed     
hereafter4    ,their farther ,office is 
to make ,register at the ,press4      4 
#i4 4 #a4 ,of the ,mallet1              
,shooting-stick and ,dressing-,block1   
,composing-sticks1 ,bodkin1 and ,chase4 
c4    ,printers ,mallets have a         
,cilindrick ,head1 and a round ,handle2 
,the ,head somewhat bigger1 and the     
,handle somewhat longer than those      
,joyners commonly use2 ,yet neither     
shape or size different for any  reason 
to be given3 ,but only a ,custom always 
used to have them so4 ,the  ,head is    
commonly made of ,beech4      4 #b4 ,of 
the ,shooting-stick4    ,the            
,shooting-stick must be made of ,box1   
which ,wood being very hard1  and withal
 tough1 will best and longest endure the
 knocking against the  ,quoyns4 ,its    
shape is a perfect ,wedge about six     

,inches long1 and its  thicker end two  
,inches broad1 and an ,inch and an half 
thick2 and its  thin end about an ,inch 
and an half broad1 and half an ,inch    
thick4      4 #c4 ,of the               
,dressing-,block4    ,the               
,dressing-,block should be made of      
,pear-tree1 ,because it is  a soft wood1
 and therefore less subject to injure   
the ,face of the  ,letter2 it is        
commonly about three ,inches square1 and
 an ,inch high4  ,its ,office is to run 
over the ,face of the ,form1 and whilst 
it is thus  running over1 to be gently  
knock't upon with the ,head of the      
,shooting  stick1 that such ,letters as 
may chance to stand up higher than the  
rest may be pressed down4    ,our       
,master-,printer must also provide a    
pair of ,sheers1 such as  ,taylors use1 
for the cutting of ,brass-,rules1       
,scabbords1 c4    ,a large ,spunge or   
two1 or more1 he must also provide1 one 
for the  ,compositers use1 and for every
 ,press one4    ,pretty fine ,packthread

 to tye up ,pages with2 ,but this is    
often  chosen 7or at least directed7 by 
the ,compositer1 either finer or        
courser1 according to the great or small
 ,letter he works upon4      4 #d4 ,of  
the ,composing-stick4    ,though every  
,compositer by ,custom is to provide    
himself a  ,composing-stick1 yet our    
,master-,printer ought to furnish his   
,house  with these ,tools also1 and such
 a number of them as is suitable to the 
size of his ,house2 ,because we will    
suppose our ,master-,printer intends  to
 keep some ,apprentices1 and they1      
unless by contract or courtesie1  are   
not used to provide themselves          
,composing-sticks3 ,and besides1  when  
several ,compositers work upon the same 
,book1 their ,measures are  all set     
alike1 and their ,titles by reason of   
,notes or ,quotations  broader than     
their common ,measure1 ,so that a       
,composing-stick is kept  on purpose for
 the ,titles1 which must therefore be   
common to all the  ,compositers that    

work upon that ,work2 ,and no one of    
them is obliged  to provide a           
,composing-stick in common for them all3
 ,therefore it  becomes our             
,master-,printers task to provide them4 
,it is delineated in ,plate #b4 at ,e4  
a ,the ,head4    b b ,the ,bottom4    c 
c ,the ,back4    d ,the lower           
,sliding-,measure1 or ,cheek4    e ,the 
upper ,sliding-,measure1 or ,cheek4    f
 f ,the ,male-,screw4    g ,the         
,female-,screw4    ,these               
,composing-sticks are made of ,iron     
,plate about the thickness  of a thin   
,scabbord1 and about ten ,inches long   
doubled up square2  so as the ,bottom   
may be half an ,inch and half a quarter 
broad1 and  the ,back about an whole    
,inch broad4 ,on the further end of this
 ,iron  ,plate thus doubled up1 as at a 
is ,soldered on an ,iron ,head about a  
,long-,primmer thick2 ,but hath all its 
outer-edges ,basil'd and ,fil'd  away   
into a ,molding3 ,this ,iron ,head must 
be so let into the ,plate1 and          

,soldered on to it1 that it may stand   
truly square with the bottom1 and  also 
truly square with the ,back1 which may  
be known by applying the  outer-sides of
 a square to the ,back and ,bottom2 as  
,i shewed1 ,numb4 #c4  ,fol4 #ch1 #ci4  
,about two ,inches from the ,head1 in   
the ,bottom1 is begun  a row of round   
holes about an ,inch assunder1 to       
receive the shank of  the ,male-,screw  
that screws the ,sliding-,measures fast 
down to the  ,bottom2 so that the       
,sliding-,measures may be set nearer or 
further  from the ,head1 as the ,measure
 of a ,page may require4    ,the lower  
,sliding-,measure marked d is an ,iron  
,plate a thick  ,scabbord thick1 and of 
the ,breadth of the inside of the       
,bottom2 ,it  is about four ,inches     
long1 and in its middle hath a ,groove  
through it  within half an ,inch of the 
,fore-end1 and three quarters of an     
,inch of  the hinder end4 ,this ,groove 
is so wide all the way1 that it may     
receive  the ,shank of the ,screw4 ,on  

the ,fore-end of this ,plate stands     
square  upright another ,iron ,head     
about a ,brevier thick1 and reaches so  
high  as the top of the ,back4    ,the  
upper ,sliding-,measure is made just    
like the lower1 only it is  about three 
quarters of an ,inch shorter4           
,between these two ,sliding-,measures1  
,marginal ,notes are ,composed  to any  
,width4    ,compositers commonly examine
 the ,truth of their ,stick by applying 
the head of the ,sliding-,measure to the
 inside of the ,head of the  ,stick2 and
 if they comply1 they think they are    
square and true made3  ,but this ,rule  
only holds when the ,head it self is    
square4 ,but if it  be not1 'tis easy to
 file the ,sliding-,measures to comply  
with them3  ,therefore1 as aforesaid1   
the square is the only way to examine   
them by4      4 #e4 ,of the ,bodkin4    
,the ,bodkin is delineated in ,plate #b4
 at ,f ,its ,blade is made of  ,steel1  
and well tempered1 its shape is round1  
and stands about two  ,inches without   

the ,shank of the ,handle4 ,the ,handle 
is turned of  soft wood as ,alder1      
,maple1 c4 that when ,compositers knock 
the  ,head of the ,bodkin upon the ,face
 of a ,single ,letter when it stands    
too high1 it may not batter the ,face4  
4 #f4 ,of ,chases1 marked ,g on the     
,correcting-,stone1 ,plate #b4    ,a    
,chase is an ,iron ,frame about two and 
twenty ,inches long1 eighteen  ,inches  
broad1 and half ,inch half quarter      
thick2 and the breadth of  ,iron on     
every side is three quarters of an      
,inch3 ,but an whole ,inch  is much     
better1 because stronger4 ,all its sides
 must stand exactly  square to each     
other2 ,and when it is laid on the      
,correcting-,stone it  must lye exactly 
flat1 viz4 equally bearing on all its   
sides and  ,angles3 ,the outside and    
inside must be ,filed straight and      
smooth4 ,it  hath two ,crosses belonging
 to it1 viz4 ,a ,short-,cross marked a  
a and a ,long-,cross marked b b3 ,these 
two ,crosses have on each  end a ,male  

,duftail ,filed ,bevil away from the    
under to the upper-side  of the ,cross1 
so that the under-side of the ,duftail  
is narrower than  the upper-side of the 
,duftail4 ,these ,male-,duftails are    
fitted into  ,female-,duftails1 ,filed  
in the inside of the ,chase1 which are  
also  wider on the upper-side of the    
,chase than on the under-side2 because  
the upper-side of the ,cross should not 
fall through the lower side4  ,these    
,crosses are called the ,short and the  
,long-,cross4    ,the ,short-,cross is  
,duftail'd in as aforesaid1 just in the 
middle  of the ,chase as at c c1 and the
 ,long-,cross in the middle of  the     
other sides the ,chase1 as at d d4 ,the 
,short-,cross is also  ,duftail'd into  
,female-,duftails1 made as aforesaid1   
about three ,inches  and an half from   
the middle1 as at e e3 ,so that the     
,short-,cross  may be put into either of
 the ,female-,duftails as occasion      
serves4 ,the  middle of these two       
,crosses are ,filed or notched half way 

through1  one on its upper1 the other on
 its under-side to let into one another1
  viz4 the ,short-,cross is ,filed from 
the upper towards the under-side  half  
way1 and the ,long-,cross is ,filed from
 the lower towards the  upper-side half 
way3 ,the ,crosses are also thus let    
into each other1  where they meet at f1 
when the ,short-,cross is laid into the 
other  ,female-,duftails fitted to it at
 e e4    ,in the middle1 between the two
 edges of the upper-side of the         
,short-,cross1 is made two ,grooves     
parallel to the sides of the  ,cross1   
beginning at about two ,inches from each
 end1 and ending at  about seven ,inches
 from each end3 ,it is made about half  
an ,inch deep  all the way1 and about a 
quarter of an ,inch broad1 that the     
,points  may fall into them4 ,the       
,short-,cross is about three quarters of
 an  ,inch thick1 and the ,long-,cross  
about half that thickness4 ,all their   
sides must be ,fil'd straight and       
smooth1 and they must be all the way  of

 an equal thickness4           99       
99       99       99       99           
,hitherto our ,master-,printer hath     
provided ,materials and ,implements     
only for the ,compositers use2 ,but he  
must provide ,machines and  ,tools for  
the ,press-mans to use too3 which       
7because ,i am loath to  discourage my  
,customers with a swelling price at the 
first reviving  of these ,papers7 ,i    
shall 7though against my interest7 leave
 for the  subject of the next succeeding
 ,exercises4           99       99      
99       99       99                    
,,advertisements4    ,t,he first        
,volumne of ,mechanick ,exercises1      
,treating of the ,smiths1  the ,joyners1
 the ,carpenters1 and the ,turners      
,trades1 containing  #cg sheets1 and #ah
 ,copper ,cuts1 are to be had by the    
,author4  ,joseph ,moxon4 ,price #is4   
#c;d4 in ,quires4    ,t,he first        
,volumne of the ,monthly ,collection of 
,letters for ,improvement  of ,husbandry
 and ,trade1 containing ,twenty four    

,sheets with an ,index1 is  now         
finished1 and the second is carrying on3
                                        
,by ,john ,haughton1 ,fellow            
of the ,royal ,society4                 
,illustration3 ,plate #c4               
,,mechanick ,,exercises3                
,or1 the ,doctrine of                   
,handy-works4                           
,applied to the ,art of                 
,printing4      4 #aj4 ,of the ,press4  
,t,here are two sorts of ,presses in    
use1 viz4 the old fashion and the  new  
fashion2 ,the old fashion is generally  
used here in ,england2 but  ,i think for
 no other reason1 than because many     
,press-men have scarce  ,reason enough  
to distinguish between an excellently   
improved ,invention1  and a make-shift  
slovenly contrivance1 practiced in the  
minority of  this ,art4    ,the         
,new-fashion'd ,presses are used        
generally throughout all the            
,low-,countries2 yet because the        
,old-fashion'd ,presses are used  here  

in ,england 7and for no other ,reason7  
,i have in ,plate #c4 given  you a      
delineation of them2 ,but though ,i give
 you a draft of them2 yet  the          
demensions of every particular ,member  
,i shall omit1 referring  those that    
think it worth their while1 to the      
,joyners and ,smiths  that work to      
,printers3 ,but ,i shall give a full    
description of the  ,new-fashion'd      
,press1 because it is not well known    
here in ,england2  and if possible1 ,i  
would for ,publick benefit introduce it4
    ,but before ,i proceed1 ,i think it 
not amiss to let you know who was the   
,inventer of this ,new-fashion'd ,press1
 accounting my self so much  oblig'd to 
his ,ingeniety for the curiosity of this
 contrivance1 that  should ,i pass by   
this oppertunity without nameing him1 ,i
 should be  injurious to his ,memory4   
,it was ,willem ,jansen ,blaew of       
,amsterdam3 a ,man as well famous  for  
good and great ,printing1 as for his    
many ,astronomical and  ,geographical   

exhibitions to the ,world4 ,in his      
,youth he was bred up  to ,joynery1 and 
having learn'd his ,trade1 betook       
himself 7according  to the mode of      
,holland7 to ,travel1 and his fortune   
leading him to  ,denmark1 when the noble
 ,tycho ,brahe was about setting up his 
,astronomical ,observatory1 was         
entertain'd into his service for  the   
making his ,mathematical-,instruments to
 ,observe withal2 in which              
,instrument-making he shew'd himself so 
intelligent and curious1 that  according
 to the general report of many of his   
personal acquaintance1  all or most of  
the ,syderal ,observations set forth in 
,tycho's name1  he was intrusted to     
make1 as well as the ,instruments4      
,illustration3 ,plate #d4    ,and before
 these ,observations were publish'd to  
the ,world1 ,tycho1  to gratify ,blaew1 
gave him the ,copies of them1 with which
 he came  away to ,amsterdam1 and betook
 himself to the making of ,globes1      
according to those ,observations4 ,but  

as his ,trade increased1 he found  it   
necessary to deal in ,geographical ,maps
 and ,books also1 and  grew so curious  
in ,engraving1 that many of his best    
,globes and  ,maps were ,engraved by his
 own ,hands2 and by his conversation in 
,printing of ,books at other            
,printing-houses1 got such insight  in  
this ,art1 that he set up a             
,printing-house of his own4 ,and now    
finding inconveniencies in the obsolete 
,invention of the ,press1 ,he  contrived
 a remedy to every inconvenience1 and   
fabricated nine of these  ,new-fashioned
 ,presses1 set them all on a row in his 
,printing-house1  and call'd each ,press
 by the name of one of the ,muses4      
,this short ,history of this excellent  
,man is1 ,i confess forraign to my      
,title2 ,but ,i hope my ,reader will    
excuse the digression1 considering it   
tends only to the commemoration of a    
,person that hath deserved well  of     
,posterity1 and whose worth without this
 small ,monument1 might else  perhaps   

have slid into ,oblivion4    ,the ,press
 is a ,machine consisting of many       
,members2 it is delineated  in ,plate   
#d4        a a ,the ,feet4      b b ,the
 ,cheeks4      c ,the ,cap4      d ,the 
,winter4      e ,the ,head4      f ,the 
,till4      g g ,the ,hose4 ,in the     
,cross-,iron of which1 encompassing the 
,spindle1 is the ,garter4      h h h h  
,the ,hooks on the ,hose the ,plattin   
hangs on4      i k l m n ,the ,spindle4 
i ,part of the ,worm below the ,head1   
whose upper part lies      in the ,nut  
in the ,head4      k l ,the ,eye of the 
,spindle4      m ,the ,shank of the     
,spindle4      n ,the ,toe of the       
,spindle4      o o o o ,the ,plattin    
tyed on the ,hooks of the ,hose4      p 
,the ,bar4      q ,the ,handle of the   
,bar4      r r ,the ,hind-,posts4      s
 s ,the ,hind-,rails4      t t ,the     
,wedges of the ,till4      u u ,the     
,mortesses of the ,cheeks1 in which the 
,tennants of      the ,head plays4      
x x x x y y ,the ,carriage4      x x x x

 ,the outer ,frame of the ,carriage4    
y y ,the ,wooden-,ribs on which the     
,iron-,ribs are fastned4      z ,the    
,stay of the ,carriage1 or the ,stay4   
#a4 ,the ,coffin4      #b4 ,the ,gutter4
      #c4 ,the ,planck4      #d4 ,the   
,gallows4      #e4 ,the ,tinpans4       
#f4 ,the ,frisket4      #g4 ,the        
,points4      #h4 ,the ,point-,screws4  
,all these several ,members1 by their   
,matter1 ,form and ,position1 do        
particularly contribute such an         
assistance to the whole ,machine1 that  
it becomes an ,engine managable and     
proper for its intended purpose4    ,but
 because the smallness of this          
altogether-,draft may obscure the  plain
 appearance of many of these ,parts2    
,therefore ,i shall give you  a more    
particular description1 and large       
delineation of every ,member  in the    
,press3 ,and first of the ,wooden-work3 
,where1 ,note1 that all  the ,fram'd    
,wooden-work of a ,press is made of     
,good1 ,fine1 ,clean1  ,well-season'd   

,oak4      4 #a4 ,of the ,feet4    ,the 
,feet 7marked a a in ,plate #e47 are two
 ,foot nine ,inches and  an half long1  
five ,inches deep2 and six ,inches      
broad1 and have their  outsides ,tryed  
to a true square1 as was taught1 ,numb4 
#e4 4 #ae4 ,it  hath 7for ornament sake7
 its two ends bevil'd away in a         
,molding1 from  its upper-side to its   
lower1 about four ,inches within the    
ends2 about  four ,inches and three     
quarters within each end of each ,foot  
is made in  the middle of the ,breadth  
of the upper-side of the ,foot a        
,mortess two  ,inches wide1 to receive  
the ,tennants of the lower end of the   
,cheek1  and the ,tennant of the lower  
end of the ,hind-,post3 ,the ,mortess   
for  the ,cheek is eight ,inches long1  
viz4 the ,breadth of the ,cheek3  ,and  
the ,mortess for the ,hind-,post is four
 ,inches long1 viz4 the  square of the  
,hind-,post4      4 #b4 ,of the ,cheeks4
    ,the ,cheeks 7marked b b in ,plate  
#e47 are five ,foot and ten ,inches     

long 7besides the ,tennants of the top  
and bottom7 eight ,inches  broad1 and   
four ,inches and an half thick4 ,all its
 ,sides are tryed  square to one        
another4 ,it hath a ,tennant at either  
end1 its lower  ,tennant marked a to    
enter the ,fore-end of the ,foot1 runs  
through  the middle of the ,breadth of  
the ,cheek1 which therefore is made to  
fit the ,mortess in the ,foot1 and is   
about four ,inches long1 and  therefore 
reaches within an ,inch of the bottom of
 the ,foot2 ,but the  ,tennant at the   
upper end of the ,cheek marked a1 is cut
 athwart  the breadth of the ,cheek1 and
 therefore can have but four ,inches and
  an half of ,breadth1 and its thickness
 is two ,inches1 ,its length is four    
,inches2 so that it reaches into the    
,mortess in the ,cap1 within half  an   
,inch of the ,top4    ,in the lower     
end-,tennant is two holes bored1 within 
an ,inch and an  half of either side1   
and within an ,inch and an half of the  
,sholder1  with a three quarter ,inch   

,augure1 to be pin'd into the ,feet with
 an  ,iron ,pin4    ,in the middle of   
the upper ,tennant1 and within an ,inch 
and an half  of the ,sholder1 is bored  
another hole1 to ,pin the ,tennant into 
the  ,cap1 also with an ,iron ,pin4     
,between b c two ,foot and half an      
,inch1 and three ,foot seven ,inches  of
 the ,bottom-,sholder of the ,tennant1  
viz4 from the top of the  ,winter to the
 under ,sholder the ,till rests upon1 is
 cut flat away  into the thickness of   
the ,cheek1 three ,inches in the ,inside
 of the  ,cheek2 so that in that place  
the ,cheek remains but an ,inch and an  
half thick3 ,and the ,cheeks are thus   
widened in this place1 as well  because 
the ,duftail ,tennants of the ,winter   
may go in between them1  as also that   
the ,carriage and ,coffin may be made   
the wider4    ,even with the lower      
,sholder of this flat cutting-in1 is    
made a ,duftail  ,mortess as at d1 to   
reach eight ,inches and an half1 viz4   
the depth  of the ,winter below the said

 ,sholder4 ,this ,mortess is three      
,inches  wide on the inside the ,cheek1 
and three ,inches deep2 ,but towards the
  inside the ,cheek1 the ,mortess widens
 in a straight line from the said  three
 ,inches to five ,inches1 and so becomes
 a ,duftail ,mortess4 ,into  this       
,duftail ,mortess is fitted a ,duftail  
,tennant1 made at each end of  the      
,winter4    ,two ,inches above the      
aforesaid ,cutting-in1 is another       
cutting-in of  the same depth1 from the 
,inside the ,cheek as at e4 ,this       
cutting-in  is but one ,inch broad at   
the farther side the ,cheek1 and an     
,inch  and a quarter on the hither-side 
the ,cheek4 ,the under-side of this     
,cutting-in1 is straight through the    
,cheek1 viz4 ,square to the sides  of   
the ,cheek3 ,but the upper-side of this 
,cutting-in1 is not square  through the 
,cheeks1 ,but 7as aforesaid7 is one     
quarter of an ,inch  higher on the      
fore-side the ,cheek than it is on the  
further side2 ,so  that a ,wedge of an  

,inch at one end1 and an ,inch and a    
quarter at the  other end may fill this 
,cutting-in4    ,at an ,inch within     
either side the ,cheek1 and an ,inch    
below this  ,cutting-in1 as at f f1 is  
made a small ,mortess an ,inch and an   
half  wide1 to which two ,tennants must 
be fitted at the ends of the  ,till1 so 
that the ,tennants of the ,till being   
slid in through  the ,cutting-in        
aforesaid1 may fall into these          
,mortesses1 and a ,wedge  being made fit
 to the ,cutting-in1 may press upon the 
,tennants of the  ,till1 and force it   
down to keep it steddy in its place4    
,here we see remains a square ,sholder  
or substance of ,wood between  two      
,cuttings-in2 ,but the under corner of  
this square ,sholder is for  ,ornament  
sake ,bevil'd away and wrought into an  
,ogee4    ,at two ,inches above the last
 ,cutting-in1 is another ,cutting-in1   
but  this ,cutting-in goes not quite    
through the breadth of the ,cheek1 but  
stops at an ,inch and an half within the

 further side the ,cheek2 ,so  that     
above the ,till and its ,wedge is       
another ,sholder or substance  of ,wood1
 whose upper ,corner is also ,bevil'd   
away1 and wrought to a  ,molding as the 
former4    ,the last ,cutting-in is     
marked g1 and is eight ,inches and a    
quarter  above the ,sholder of the      
,till1 that it may easily contain the   
depth  of the ,head2 ,the substance     
remaining is marked h4 ,this ,cutting-in
  is made as deep into the thickness of 
the ,cheek as the former  ,cuttings-in  
are1 viz4 three ,inches2 and the reason 
the ,cheek is  cut in here1 is1 that the
 ,cheeks may be wide enough in this     
place to  receive the ,head1 and its    
,tennants1 without un-doing the ,cap and
  ,winter4    ,just above this          
,cutting-in is made a square ,mortess in
 the middle of  the ,cheek1 as at i1 it 
is eight ,inches long1 and two ,inches  
and an  half wide1 for the ,tennant of  
the ,head to play in4    ,illustration3 
,plate #e4    ,upon the fore-side of the

 ,cheek is 7for ,ornament sake7 laid a  
,molding  through the whole length of   
the ,cheek 7a square at the ,top and    
,bottom  an ,inch deep excepted7 it is  
laid on the outer side1 and therefore   
can  be but an ,inch broad2 ,because the
 ,cuttings-in on the inside leaves  the 
substance of ,stuff but an ,inch and an 
half thick1 and should  the ,moldings be
 made broader1 it would be interrupted  
in the several  ,cuttings in1 or else a 
square of a quarter of an ,inch on      
either side  the ,molding could not be  
allowed1 which would be ungraceful4    4
 #c4 ,of the ,cap marked c in ,plate #e4
    ,the ,cap is three ,foot and one    
,inch long1 four ,inches and an half    
deep1 and nine ,inches and an half      
broad2 ,but its fore-side is cut away   
underneath to eight ,inches1 ,viz4 the  
breadth of the ,cheeks4 ,three  quarters
 of an ,inch above the bottom of the    
,cap1 is a small ,facia1  which stands  
even with the thickness of the ,cheeks2 
,half an ,inch  above that a            

,bead-,molding1 projecting half an ,inch
 over the ,facia4  ,two ,inches above   
that a broad ,facia1 also even with the 
thickness of  the ,cheeks2 and an ,inch 
and a quarter above that is the upper   
,molding  made projecting an ,inch and  
an half over the two ,facia's aforesaid1
  and the thickness of the ,cheeks4     
,each end of the ,cap projects three    
,inches quarter and half quarter   over 
the ,cheeks1 partly for ,ornament1 but  
more especially that   substance may be 
left on either end beyond the ,mortesses
 in the   ,cap2 and these two ends have 
the same ,molding laid on them that the 
fore-side of the ,cap hath4    ,within  
two ,inches and half quarter of either  
end1 on the under-side the  ,cap is made
 a square ,mortess two ,inches wide1 and
 four ,inches and an  half long1 viz4   
the thickness of the ,cheek inwards1 as 
at a a1  to receive the ,top ,tennants  
of the ,cheeks2 which ,top ,tennants    
are with an ,iron ,pin 7made tapering of
 about three quarters of an ,inch       

thick7 pin'd into the ,mortess of the   
,cap1 to keep the ,cheeks steddy  in    
their position4      4 #d4 ,of the      
,winter marked d in ,plate #e4    ,the  
,length of the ,winter besides the      
,tennants1 is one ,foot nine  ,inches   
and one quarter of an ,inch2 ,the       
,breadth of the ,winter  eight ,inches1 
viz4 the ,breadth of the ,cheek1 and its
 depth nine  ,inches2 all its sides are 
tryed square2 ,but its two ends hath    
each a  ,duftail-,tennant made through  
the whole depth of the ,winter1 to  fit 
and fall into the ,duftail ,mortesses   
made in the ,cheeks3 ,these             
,duftail-,tennants are intended to do   
the ,office of a ,summer1 ,because  the 
spreading of the ends of these two      
,tennants into the spreading  of the    
,mortesses in the ,cheeks1 keeps the two
 ,cheeks in a due  distance1 and hinders
 them from flying assunder4    ,but yet 
,i think it very convenient to have a   
,summer also1 the more  firmly and surer
 to keep the ,cheeks together2 ,this    

,summer is only  a ,rail ,tennanted1 and
 let into ,mortesses made in the inside 
of the  ,cheeks1 and ,screwed to them as
 the ,rails described1 ,numb4 #ae4 4 #d4
  are ,screwed into the ,stiles of the  
,case-,frame2 ,its depth four ,inches   
and an half1 and its breadth eight      
,inches1 viz4 the breadth of the        
,cheeks4      4 #e4 ,of the ,head marked
 e in ,plate #e4    ,the length of the  
,head besides the ,tennant at either    
end1 is one  ,foot nine ,inches and one 
quarter of an ,inch2 ,the breadth eight 
,inches  and an half1 and its depth     
eight ,inches4 ,the ,top1 ,bottom and   
,hind-sides  are tryed ,square1 but the 
fore-side projects half an ,inch over   
the ,range  of the fore-sides of the    
,cheeks2 in which ,projecture is cut a  
,table  with a hollow ,molding about it1
 two ,inches distant from all the sides 
of the fore-side of the ,head3 ,its     
,tennants are three ,inches ,broad1  and
 are cut down at either end1 from the   
top to the bottom of the  ,head1 and    

made fit to the ,mortesses in the       
,cheeks1 that they may  slide tight1 and
 yet play in them4    ,in the under-side
 of the ,head is cut a square ,hole1 7as
 at a17  about four ,inches square1 and 
three ,inches and an half deep1 into    
which  the ,brass-,nut is to be fitted3 
,and to keep this ,nut in its place     
7lest the weight of it should make it   
fall out7 is made on either side  the   
square hole1 at about half an ,inch     
distance from it1 7as at b b7  a square 
,hole quite through the ,top and ,bottom
 of the ,head about  three quarters of  
an ,inch wide2 and into this square     
,hole is fitted a  square piece of ,iron
 to reach quite through the ,head1      
having at its  under-end a ,hook turned 
square to claspe upon the under-side of 
the  ,nut2 and on its upper end a       
,male-,screw reaching about an ,inch    
above  the upper-side of the ,head1     
which by the help of a ,female-screw    
made  in an ,iron ,nut1 with ,ears to it
 to turn it about draws the ,clasp at   

the bottom of the ,iron ,shank close    
against the ,nut1 and so keeps  it from 
falling out4    ,in the middle of the   
wide square ,hole that the ,nut is let  
into1  is bored a round ,hole through   
the top of the ,head1 of about three    
quarters of an ,inch wide1 for the      
,press-man to pour ,oyl in at so  oft as
 the ,nut and ,spindle shall want       
,oyling4    ,at three ,inches from      
either end of the ,head 7as at c c7 is  
bored a  ,hole quite through the top and
 bottom of the ,head1 which holes have  
their under ends squar'd about two      
,inches upwards1 and these squares  are 
made so wide as to receive a square ,bar
 of ,iron three quarters of  an ,inch   
square2 ,but the other part of these    
,holes remain round3 ,into  these ,holes
 two ,irons are fitted called the       
,screws4    ,the ,shanks of these       
,screws are made so long as to reach    
through the  ,head and through the ,cap3
 ,at the upper end of these ,shanks is  
made  ,male-screws1 and to these        

,male-screws1 ,iron ,female-screws are  
fitted  with two ,ears to twist them the
 easier about4    ,so much of these     
,iron-,shanks as are to lye in the      
square ,hole of the  ,head aforesaid1   
are also squared to fit those square    
,holes1 that when  they are fitted and  
put into the ,holes in the ,head2 they  
may not  twist about4    ,to the lower  
ends of these ,iron-,shanks are made two
 ,square1 ,flat ,heads1  which are let  
into and buried in the under-side of the
 ,head2 ,and upon  the ,sholders of     
those two ,flat ,heads1 rests the weight
 of the ,head  of the ,press2 ,and by   
the ,screws at the upper end of the     
,shanks are  hung upon the upper-side of
 the ,cap1 and ,screwed up or let down  
as  occasion requires4    ,illustration3
 ,plate #f4      4 #f4 ,of the ,till1   
marked f in ,plate #e4    ,the ,till is 
a ,board about one ,inch thick1 and is  
as the ,head  and ,winter1 one ,foot    
nine ,inches and a quarter long1 besides
 the  ,tennants at either end2 ,its     

,breadth is the ,breadth of the ,cheeks1
  viz4 eight ,inches2 ,it hath two      
,tennants at either end as at a a  a a1 
each of them about an ,inch and an half 
long1 and an ,inch and  an half broad1  
and are made at an ,inch distance from  
the fore and  ,back-side1 so that a     
space of two ,inches is contained in the
 middle of  the ends between the two    
,tennants2 these ,tennants are to be    
laid  in the ,mortesses in the ,cheeks  
delineated at f f in ,plate #e4 and     
described in this 4 #aj4 4 #b4    ,in   
its middle it hath a round ,hole about  
two ,inches and an half wide1  as at b1 
for the ,shank of the ,spindle to pass  
through4    ,at seven ,inches and a     
quarter from either end1 and in the     
middle  between the fore and ,back-side1
 is made two square ,holes through the  
,till1 as at c c1 for the ,iron ,hose to
 pass through4      4 #g4 ,of the       
,hind-,posts marked a a in ,plate #f4   
,at one ,foot distance from the         
,hind-sides of the ,cheeks are placed   

upright two ,hind-,posts1 they are three
 ,foot and four ,inches long  besides   
the ,tennants1 which ,tennants are to be
 placed in the  ,mortesses in the       
hinder-ends of the ,feet2 ,their        
thickness is four  ,inches on every     
side1 and every side is tryed square2   
,but within eight  ,inches of the top is
 turned a round ,ball with a ,button on 
it1 and a  ,neck under it1 and under    
that ,neck a straight ,plinth or ,base3 
,this  turn'd work on the top is only   
for ,ornament sake4    ,there are six   
,rails fitted into these ,hind-,posts1  
two behind marked  a b1 one of them     
standing with its upper-side at two     
,inches below  the turned ,work1 the    
other having its upper-side lying level 
with the  upper-side of the ,winter4    
,these two ,rails are each of them      
,tennanted at either end1 and are  made 
so long1 that the outsides of the       
,hind-,posts may stand ,range or  even  
with the outer-sides of the ,cheeks2    
,these ,tennants at either  end are let 

into ,mortesses made in the insides of  
the ,hind-,posts1  and ,pin'd up with   
half ,inch wooden ,pins1 ,glewed in1 as 
was shewn ,vol4  #a4 ,numb4 #e4 4 #ag4  
,because the two ,hind-,posts need not  
be separated  for any alteration of the 
,press4    ,the two ,side-,rails on     
either side the ,press are ,tennanted at
 each  end1 and let into ,mortesses made
 in the ,cheeks and ,hind-,posts1  so as
 they may stand ,range with the         
outer-sides of the ,cheeks and          
,hind-,posts2 ,but the ,tennants that   
enter the ,mortesses in the  ,cheeks are
 not pin'd in with ,wooden ,pins1 and   
,glewed1 because they  may be taken     
assunder if need be2 ,but are ,pin'd in 
with ,iron ,pins1 made  a little        
tapering towards the entring end1 so as 
they may be driven  back when occasion  
serves to alter the ,press3 ,and the    
,tennants  that enter the ,mortesses in 
the ,hind-,posts are fastned in by a    
,female-screw1 let in near the end of   
the ,rail1 which receives a  ,male-screw

 thrust through the ,hind-,posts1 even  
as ,i shew'd in 4 #d4  the ,fore and    
,back-,rails of the ,case-,frames was4  
4 #h4 ,of the ,ribs marked b in ,plate  
#f4    ,the ,ribs lye within a ,frame of
 four ,foot five ,inches long1 one ,foot
  eleven ,inches broad2 its two         
,end-,rails one ,inch and an half thick1
  its ,side-,rails two ,inches and an   
half thick2 and the breadth of the      
,side and ,end-,rails two ,inches and an
 half4 ,but the ,side-,rails are  cut   
away in the inside an ,inch and an half 
towards the outer-sides of  the ,rails1 
and an ,inch deep towards the ,bottom   
sides of the ,rails1  so that a square  
,cheek on either ,side-,rail remains4   
,this cutting  down of the ,outer-,rails
 of the ,frame is made1 because the     
,planck of  the ,carriage being but one 
,foot eight ,inches and an half broad1  
may  easily slide1 and yet be gaged     
between these ,cheeks of the ,rail1     
that the ,cramp-,irons ,nailed under the
 ,carriage ,planck joggle not on  either

 side off the ,ribs1 as shall more fully
 be shewn in the next 4    ,between the 
two ,side-,rails are framed into the two
 ,end-,rails the  two ,wooden-,ribs two 
,inches and an half broad1 and an ,inch 
and an half  thick2 they are placed each
 at an equal distance from each         
,side-,rail1  and also at the same      
distance between themselves4 ,upon these
 two ,ribs  are fast ,nailed down the   
,iron-,ribs1 of which more shall be said
 when  ,i come to speak of the          
,iron-work4      4 #i4 ,of the          
,carriage1 ,coffin and its ,planck1     
marked a in ,plate  #g4    ,the ,planck 
of the ,carriage is an ,elm-,planck an  
,inch and an half  thick1 four ,foot    
long1 and one ,foot eight ,inches and   
three quarters  broad2 upon this ,planck
 at its fore-end is firmly ,nailed down 
a  square ,frame two ,foot four ,inches 
long1 one ,foot ten ,inches broad1 and  
the thickness of its ,sides two ,inches 
and an half square2 ,this ,frame is     
called the ,coffin1 and in it the ,stone

 is ,bedded4    ,upon each of the four  
,corners of this ,coffin is let in and  
fastned  down a square ,iron ,plate as  
at a a a a1 with ,return ,sides about   
six  ,inches long each side1 half a     
quarter of an ,inch thick1 and two      
,inches  and a quarter broad2 upon the  
upper outer-sides of each of these      
,plates  is fastned down to them with   
two or three ,rivets through each side1 
another strong ,iron half an ,inch deep1
 and whose outer ,angles only are       
square1 but the ,inner-,angles are      
obtuse1 as being sloped away from  the  
,inner-,angle towards the farther end of
 each inner-side1 so as the  ,quoins may
 do the ,office of a ,wedge between each
 inner-side and the  ,chase4            
,illustration3 ,plate #g4    ,the       
,plates of these ,corners 7as ,i said7  
are let in on the outer  ,angles of the 
upper-side of the ,frame of the ,coffin1
 so as the  upper-sides of the ,plates  
lye even with it1 and are ,nailed down1 
or  indeed rather ,rivetted down through

 the bottom and top-sides of the  ,frame
 of the ,coffin1 because then the       
upper-sides of the ,holes in  the ,iron 
,plates being square ,bored 7that is1   
made wider on the  upper-side of the    
,plate1 as ,i shall shew when ,i come to
 the making of  ,mathematical           
,instruments7 the ends of the ,shanks of
 the ,iron ,pins  may be so battered    
into the ,square-boring1 that the whole 
,superficies  of the ,plate when thus   
,rivetted shall be smooth1 which else   
with the  exturberancies of ,nail-heads 
would hinder the free sliding of the    
,quoins4    ,at the hinder end of the   
,frame of the ,coffin are fastned either
 with  strong ,nails1 ,rivets1 or rather
 ,screws1 two ,iron ,half-,joynts1 as at
  b b1 which having an ,iron ,pin of    
almost half an ,inch over put through   
them1 and two ,match-half-,joynts       
fastned on the ,frame of the ,tympan1   
these two ,match-half-,joynts moving    
upon the ,iron ,pin aforesaid1 as on  an
 ,axis1 keeps the ,tinpan so truly      

gaged1 that it always falls down  upon  
the ,form in the place1 and so keeps    
,register good1 as shall  further be    
shewed in proper place4    ,behind the  
,coffin is ,nailed on to its outside1 a 
,quarter1 as at c  c this ,quarter is   
about three ,inches longer than the     
breadth of the  ,coffin1 it hath all its
 sides two ,inches over1 and three of   
them  square2 but its upper-side is     
hollowed round to a ,groove or ,gutter  
an  ,inch and an half over4 ,this       
,gutter is so ,nailed on1 that its      
hither  end standing about an ,inch     
higher than its further end1 the ,water 
that  descends from the ,tympan falling 
into it is carried away on the  farther 
side the ,coffin by the declivity of the
 farther end of the  ,gutter1 and so    
keeps the ,planck of the ,carriage neat 
and cleanly1 and  preserves it from     
rotting4    ,parallel to the outer-sides
 of the hind part of the ,planck of the 
,carriage1 at three ,inches distance    
from either side1 is ,nailed down  on   

the upper-side of the ,planck two       
,female-,duftail ,grooves1 into which   
is fitted 7so as they may slide7 two    
,male-,duftails made on the two ,feet   
of the ,gallows 7as at d d7 that the    
,tinpan rests upon2 and by the  sliding 
forward or backward of these ,duftail   
,feet1 the heighth of the  ,tinpan is   
raised or depressed according to the    
,reason or ,fancy of the  ,press-man4   
,at three ,inches from the hinder ,rail 
of the ,coffin1 in the middle1  between 
both sides of the ,planck1 is cut an    
,hole four ,inches square 7as  at e e7  
and upon the hither and farther side of 
this ,hole is fastned  down on each side
 a ,stud made of ,wood 7as at f f7 and  
in the middle  of these two ,studs is   
made a round ,hole about half an ,inch  
over1 to  receive the two round ends of 
an ,iron ,pin2 which ,iron ,pin1 though 
its  ends be round1 is through the      
middle of the ,shank square1 and upon   
that  square is fitted a round          
,wooden-,rowler or ,barrel1 with a      

,shoulder  on either side it1 to contain
 so much of the ,girt as shall be rowled
  upon it2 ,and to one end of the       
,rowler is fastned an ,iron ,circle or  
,wheel1 having on its edge ,teeth cut to
 stop against a ,clicker1  when the     
,rowler with an ,iron ,pin is turned    
about to strain the ,girt4      4 #aj4  
,of the ,tympan and ,inner-,tympan1     
marked b in ,plate #g4    ,the ,tympan  
is a square ,frame1 three sides whereof 
are ,wood1 and the  fourth ,iron4 ,its  
width is one ,foot eight ,inches1 its   
length two ,foot  two ,inches2 the      
breadth of the wooden ,sides an ,inch   
and an half1 and  the depth one ,inch4  
,on its short ,wooden-side1 viz4 its    
,hind-end1 at the two ,corners is       
,rivetted an ,iron ,match-,joynt1 to be 
pinned on to another ,half-joynt        
fastned on the ,hind-,rail of the       
,coffin4    ,the other end1 viz4 the    
,fore-end of the ,tympan is made of     
,iron1  with a square ,socket at either 
end for the ,wooden ends of the  ,tympan

 to fit and fasten into4 ,this ,iron is 
somewhat thinner and  narrower than an  
ordinary ,window-,casement4    ,upon the
 outer edge of this ,iron1 about an     
,inch and an half off the  ends of it1  
is made two ,iron ,half-joynts to       
contain a ,pin of about  a quarter of an
 ,inch over1 which ,pin entring this    
half-joynt1 and a  match ,half-joynt    
made upon the ,frisket1 serves for the  
,frisket to  move truly upon4    ,in the
 middle of each long ,rail of the       
,tympan1 is made through the  top and   
bottom an ,hole half an ,inch square1   
for the square ,shanks of  the          
,point-,screws to fit into4    ,the like
 ,holes are also made in the ,tympan1 at
 one third part of  its length from the 
,fore-end or ,frisket-joynt1 to place   
the ,point  ,screws in2 when a ,twelves1
 ,eighteens1 c4 is wrought4    ,into the
 ,inner-side of this ,tympan is fitted  
the ,inner-,tympan1  whose three sides  
are also made of ,wood1 and its fourth  
side of  ,iron1 as the ,tympan1 but     

without joynts2 it is made so much      
shorter than the ,outer-,tympan1 that   
the outer edge of the ,iron of  the     
,inner-,tympan may lye within the inner 
edge of the ,iron on the                
,outer-,tympan2 and it is made so much  
narrower than the inside  of the        
,tympan1 that a convenient room may be  
allowed to paste a  ,vellom between the 
inside of the ,tympan1 and the outside  
of the  ,inner-,tympan4    ,about the   
middle1 through the hither-side of the  
,inner-,tympan1 is  let in and fastned  
an ,iron ,pin about a quarter of an     
,inch over1 and  stands out three       
quarters of an ,inch upon the hither    
outside of the  ,inner-,tympan1 which   
three quarters of an ,inch ,pin fits    
into a round  hole made in the          
inner-side of the ,tympan1 to gage and  
fit the  ,inner-,tympan right into the  
,tympan2 for then by the help of an     
,iron  turning ,clasp on the further    
side the ,tympan1 the ,inner-,tympan is 
kept firmly down and in its position4   

4 #aa4 ,of the ,inck-,block1 ,slice1    
,brayer1 and ,catch of the ,bar1  marked
 c d e f in ,plate #g4    ,to the ,rail 
between the hither ,cheek and           
,hind-,post is fastned  the             
,inck-,block1 which is a ,beechen-board 
about thirteen ,inches long1  nine      
,inches broad1 and commonly about two   
,inches thick1 and hath the  left-hand  
outer corner of it cut away2 it is      
,railed in on its farther  and          
hinder-sides1 and a little above half   
the hither-side1 with  ,wainscot-,board 
about three quarters of an ,inch thick1 
and two ,inches  and an half above the  
upper-side the board of the             
,inck-,block4 ,it is  described in      
,plate #g4 at c4    ,the ,brayer marked 
a is made of ,beech3 ,it is turned round
 on the  sides1 and flat on the bottom1 
its length is about three ,inches1 and  
its diameter about two ,inches and an   
half2 it hath an ,handle to it  about   
four ,inches long4 ,its ,office is to   
rub and mingle the ,inck on  the        

,inck-,block well together4    ,the     
,slice is a little thin ,iron ,shovel   
about three or four ,inches  broad1 and 
five ,inches long2 it hath an ,handle to
 it of about seven  ,inches long4 ,near 
the ,shovel through the ,handle is      
fitted a small  ,iron of about two      
,inches long standing ,perpendicular to 
both the sides  of the ,handle1 and is  
about the thickness of a small          
,curtain-,rod4 ,it is  described at e4  
,the ,catch of the ,bar described at f  
is a piece of ,wood two ,inches  thick1 
four ,inches broad1 and ten ,inches     
long2 ,the top of it is a  little       
,bevil'd or ,slop'd off1 that the ,bar  
may by its ,spring fly  up the ,bevil   
till it stick4 ,this ,bevil projects    
three ,inches over its  straight ,shank1
 which reaches down to the bottom2 in   
the middle of this  ,shank1 through the 
fore and back-side1 is a ,mortess made  
from within an  ,inch of the ,rounding  
to an ,inch and an half of the bottom2  
,this ,mortess  is three quarters of an 

,inch wide1 and hath an ,iron ,pin with 
a ,shoulder  at one end fitted to it1 so
 as it may slide from one end of the    
,mortess  to the other4 ,at the other   
end of the ,iron ,pin is made a         
,male-,screw  which enters into a       
,female ,iron ,screw let into the       
further ,cheek of  the ,press2 so that  
the ,catch may be ,screwed close to the 
,cheek1  as shall further be spoken to  
hereafter4      4 #ab4 ,of the          
,iron-work1 and first of the ,spindle   
marked ,a in  ,plate #h4    ,from the   
,top to the ,toe of the ,spindle1 viz4  
from a to b  is sixteen ,inches and a   
half1 the length of the ,cilinder the   
,worms  are cut upon is three ,inches   
and a quarter1 and the diameter of that 
,cilinder two ,inches and a quarter2    
between the bottom of the ,worms  and   
top of the ,cube one ,inch and an half2 
the ,cube marked c c c c is  two ,inches
 and three quarters1 the square ,eye at 
d in the middle of  the ,cube is an     
,inch and a quarter through all the     

sides of the ,cube2  one ,inch under the
 ,cube at e is the ,neck of the         
,spindle1 whose  diameter is two        
,inches1 ,it is one ,inch between the   
two shoulders1  viz4 the upper and under
 shoulders of the ,neck at e e1 so that 
the ,cilinder of the ,neck is one ,inch 
long2 the very bottom of the  ,spindle  
at b is called the ,toe1 it is made of  
an ,hemispherical  form1 and about one  
,inch in diameter2 ,this ,toe should be 
made of  ,steel1 and well ,temper'd1    
that by long or careless usage1 the     
point  of pressure wear not towards one 
side of the ,toe1 but may remain in  the
 ,axis of the ,spindle4                 
,illustration3 ,plate #h4      4 #aa4   
,of the ,worms of the ,spindle4    ,i   
promised at the latter end of ,numb4 #b4
 to give a more copious  account than   
there ,i did of making ,worms1 when ,i  
came to exercise  upon ,printing-,press 
,spindles2 and being now arrived to it1 
,i shall  here make good my promise4    
4 #a4 ,the ,worms for ,printing-,press  

,spindles must be projected with  such a
 declivity1 as that they may come down  
at an assigned progress of  the ,bar4   
,the assigned progress may be various1  
and yet the ,spindle do its  office3    
,for if the ,cheeks of the ,press stand 
wide assunder1 the  sweep or progress of
 the same ,bar will be greater than if  
they stand  nearer together4    ,it is  
confirm'd upon good consideration and   
,reason as well as constant  experience1
 that in a whole ,revolution of the     
,spindle1 in the ,nut1  the ,toe does   
and ought to come down two ,inches and  
an half2 but the  ,spindle in work      
seldom makes above one quarter of a     
,revolution at  one ,pull1 in which     
sweep it comes down but half an ,inch   
and half a  quarter of an ,inch2 and the
 reason to be given for this coming     
down1 is  the squeezing of the several  
parts in the ,press1 subject to squeeze 
between the ,mortesses of the ,winter   
and the ,mortesses the ,head  works in2 
and every ,joynt between these are      

subject to squeeze by the  force of a   
,pull4 ,as first1 ,the ,winter may      
squeeze down into its  ,mortess one     
third part of the thickness of a        
,scabbord4 7,allowing a  ,scabbord to be
 half a ,nomparel thick47 ,secondly1    
,the ,ribs squeeze  closer to the       
,winter one ,scabbord4 ,thirdly1 ,the   
,iron-,ribs to  the ,wooden ,ribs one   
,scabbord4 ,fourthly1 ,the ,cramp-,irons
 to the  ,planck of the ,coffin one     
,scabbord4 ,fifthly1 ,the ,planck it    
self  half a ,scabbord4 ,sixthly1 ,the  
,stone to the ,planck one ,scabbord4    
,seventhly1 ,the ,form to the ,stone    
half a ,scabbord4 ,eighthly1 ,the       
,justifyers in the ,mortess of the ,head
 three ,scabbords4 ,ninthly1  ,the ,nut 
in the ,head one ,scabbord4 ,tenthly1   
,the ,paper1 ,tympans  and ,blankets two
 ,scabbords4 ,eleventhly1 ,play for the 
,irons of the  ,tympans four ,scabbords4
 ,altogether make fifteen ,scabbords and
 one  third part of a ,scabbord thick1  
which 7as aforesaid7 by allowing two    

,scabbords to make a ,nomparel1 and as  
,i shewed in ,vol4 #b4 ,numb4  #b4 4 #b4
 ,one hundred and fifty ,nomparels to   
make one ,foot1 gives  twelve and an    
half ,nomparels for an ,inch1 and       
consequently twenty  five ,scabbords for
 an ,inch2 so by proportion1 fifteen    
,scabbords and  one third part of a     
,scabbord1 gives five eighth parts of an
 ,inch1 and  a very small matter more1  
which is just so much as the ,toe of the
  ,spindle comes down in a quarter of a 
,revolution4    ,this is the ,reason    
that the coming down of the ,toe ought  
to be just  thus much2 for should it be 
less1 the natural ,spring that all these
  ,joynts have1 when they are           
unsqueez'd1 would mount the ,irons of   
the  ,tympans so high1 that it would be 
troublesom and tedious for the          
,press-man to ,run them under the       
,plattin1 unless the ,cheeks  stood     
wider assunder1 and consequently every  
sweep of the ,bar in a  ,pull exceed a  
quarter of a ,revolution1 which would be

 both laborious  for the ,press-man1 and
 would hinder his usual riddance of     
,work4    ,i shew'd in ,numb4 #b4 fol4  
#ca1 #cb1 #cc1 #cd1 #ce4 the manner of  
making  a ,screw in general2 but        
assigned it no particular ,rise2 which  
for the  aforesaid reason1 these        
,printing-,press ,screws are strictly   
bound to  have3 ,therefore its assigned 
,rise being two ,inches and an half in a
  ,revolution1 ,this measure must be set
 off upon the ,cilindrick ,shank1  from 
the top towards the ,cube of the        
,spindle1 on any part of the  ,cilinder1
 and there make a small mark with a fine
 ,prick-,punch1 and  in an exact        
,perpendicular to this mark make another
 small mark on the  top of the          
,cilinder1 and laying a straight ,ruler 
on these two marks1  draw a straight    
line through them1 and continue that    
line almost as low  as the ,cube of the 
,spindle4 ,then devide that portion of  
the straight  line contained between the
 two marks into eight equal parts1 and  

set  off those equal parts from the two 
,inch and half mark upwards1 and then   
downwards in the line so oft as you can3
 ,devide also the ,circumference  of the
 ,shank of the ,cilinder into eight     
equal parts1 and draw straight  lines   
through each devision1 parallel to the  
first upright line2 and  describe the   
,screw as you were directed in the      
afore-quoted place2  so will you find   
that the revolution of every line so    
carried on about  the ,shank of the     
,cilinder1 will be just two ,inches and 
an half off the  top of the ,shank3     
which measure and manner of working may 
be continued  downward to within an     
,inch and an half of the ,cube of the   
,spindle4  ,this is the ,rule and       
,measure that ought to be observ'd for  
ordinary  ,presses3 ,but if for some    
by-reasons the aforesaid ,measure of two
  ,inches and an half must be varied1   
then the varied ,measure must be set    
off from the top of the ,cilinder1 and  
working with that varied ,measure  as   

hath been directed1 the ,toe of the     
,spindle will come down lower  in a     
revolution if the varied ,measure be    
longer1 or not so low if the  varied    
,measure be shorter4    ,there is a     
,notion vulgarly accepted among         
,workmen1 that the ,spindle  will ,rise 
more or less for the number of ,worms   
winding about the  ,cilinder2 for they  
think1 or at least by tradition are     
taught to say1  that a ,three-,worm'd   
,spindle comes faster and lower down    
than a  four-,worm'd ,spindle3 ,but the 
opinion is false2 for if a ,spindle     
were made but with a ,single-,worm1 and 
should have this ,measure1  viz4 ,two   
,inches and an half set off from the    
top1 and a ,worm cut to  make a         
,revolution to this ,measure1 it would  
come down just as fast1 and  as low1 as 
if there were two1 three1 four1 five or 
six ,worms1 c4 cut  in the same         
,measure3 ,for indeed1 the numbers of   
,worms are only made  to preserve the   
,worms of the ,spindle and ,nut from    

wearing each  other out the faster2 for 
if the whole stress of a ,pull should   
bear  against the ,sholder of a single  
,worm1 it would wear and shake in the   
,nut sooner by half than if the stress  
should be borne by the ,sholders  of two
 ,worms2 and so proportionably for      
three1 four1 five ,worms1  c4    ,but   
the reason why four ,worms are generally
 made upon the ,spindle1  is because the
 ,diameters of the ,spindle are         
generally of this  propos'd size2 and   
therefore a convenient strength of      
,mettal may be had  on this size for    
four ,worms2 ,but should the ,diameter  
of the ,spindle  be smaller1 as they    
sometimes are when the ,press is        
designed for  small ,work1 only three   
,worms will be a properer number than   
four2  because when the ,diameter is    
small1 the thickness of the ,worms would
  also prove small1 and by the stress of
 a ,pull would be more subject  to break
 or tear the ,worms either of the       
,spindle or ,nut4    ,and thus ,i hope  

,i have performed the promise here ,i   
made at the latter  end of ,numb4 #b4   
,whither ,i refer you for the breadth1  
and reason of  the breadth of the ,worm4
      4 #ac4 ,of the ,bar marked ,b in  
,plate #h4    ,this ,bar is ,iron1      
containing in length about two ,foot    
eight ,inches  and an half1 from a to b1
 and its greatest thickness1 except the 
,sholder1 an ,inch and a quarter2 ,the  
end a hath a ,male-,screw about an      
,inch ,diameter and an ,inch long1 to   
which a ,nut with a ,female-,screw  in  
it as at ,c is fitted4 ,the ,iron ,nut  
in which this ,female-,screw is  made1  
must be very strong1 viz4 at least an   
,inch thick1 and an ,inch  and three    
quarters in ,diameter2 in two opposite  
sides of it is made  two ,ears1 which   
must also be very strong1 because they  
must with heavy  blows be knock't upon  
to draw the ,sholder of the square shank
 on the  ,bar1 when the square ,pin is  
in the ,eye of the ,spindle close and   
steddy up to the ,cube on the ,spindle4 

,the square ,pin of the ,bar  marked c  
is made to fit just into the ,eye1      
through the middle of  the ,cube of the 
,spindle1 on the hither end of this     
square ,pin is made  a ,sholder or stop 
to this square ,pin1 as at d4 ,this     
,sholder must be  ,filed exactly ,flat  
on all its four insides1 that they may  
be drawn  close and tight up to any flat
 side of the ,cube on the ,spindle2 ,it 
is two ,inches square1 that it may be   
drawn the firmer1 and stop the  steddyer
 against any of the flat sides of the   
said ,cube1 when it is  hard drawn by   
the strength of the ,female-,screw in   
the aforesaid ,nut  at ,c4 ,the         
thickness from d to e of this ,sholder  
is about three  quarters of an ,inch1   
and is ,bevil'd off towards the ,handle 
of the  ,bar with a small ,molding4     
,the substance of this ,bar1 as         
aforesaid1 is about an ,inch and a      
quarter2 but its ,corners are all the   
way slatted down till within five       
,inches of the end3 ,and from these five

 ,inches to the end1 it is taper'd      
away1 that the ,wooden-,handle may be   
the stronger forced and fastned  upon   
it4    ,about four ,inches off the      
,sholder1 the ,bar is bowed beyond a    
right  ,angle1 yet not with an ,angle1  
but a ,bow1 which therefore lies ready  
to the ,press-man's ,hand1 that he may  
,catch at it to draw the                
,wooden-,handle of the ,bar within his  
reach4    ,this ,wooden-,handle with    
long ,working grows oft loose2 but then 
it  is with hard blows on the end of it 
forced on again1 which oft splits  the  
,wooden-,handle and loosens the square  
,pin at the other end of the  ,bar1 in  
the ,eye of the ,spindle3 ,to remedy    
which inconvenience1 ,i  used this      
,help1 viz4 ,to weld a piece of a       
,curtain-,rod as long as the            
,wooden-,handle of the ,bar1 to the end 
of the ,iron ,bar1 and made a           
,male-screw at the other end with a     
,female-screw to fit it2 ,then ,i bored 
an hole quite through the               

,wooden-,handle1 and ,turn'd the very   
end of  the ,wooden-,handle with a small
 hollow in it flat at the bottom1 and   
deep enough to bury the ,iron-,nut on   
the end of the ,curtain-,rod1 and  when 
this ,curtain-,rod was put through the  
,hollow in the ,wooden-,handle  and     
,screwed fast to it at the end1 it kept 
the ,wooden-,handle1 from  flying off2  
,or if it loosened1 by twisting the ,nut
 once or twice more  about1 it was      
fastned again4      4 #ad4 ,of the      
,hose1 ,garter1 and ,hose-,hooks4       
,the ,hose are the upright ,irons in    
,plate #h4 at a a1 ,they are about      
three quarters of an ,inch square1 both 
their ends have ,male-screws on  them2  
,the lower end is fitted into a square  
,hole made at the parting of  the       
,hose-,hooks1 which by a square ,nut    
with a ,female-screw in it1 is  ,screwed
 tight up to them2 ,their upper ends are
 let into square ,holes  made at the    
ends of the ,garter1 and by ,nuts with  
,female-,screws in  them1 and ,ears to  

turn them about as at l l are drawn up  
higher1 if  the ,plattin-,cords are too 
loose2 or else let down lower if they   
are  too tight3 ,these upper ,screws are
 called the ,hose-,screws4    ,the      
,garter 7but more properly the ,coller7 
marked b b1 is the  round ,hoop         
incompassing the flat ,groove or ,neck  
in the ,shank of the  ,spindle at e e2  
,this round ,hoop is made of two        
half-round ,hoops1  having in a         
,diametrical-line without the ,hoop     
square ,irons of the same  piece        
proceeding from them1 and standing out  
as far as g g1 ,these  ,irons are so let
 into each other1 that they comply and  
run ,range with  the square ,sholders at
 both ends1 wherein square ,holes are   
made at the  ends of the ,hose4 ,they   
are ,screwed together with two small    
,screws1 as  at h h4    ,the four       
,hose-,hooks are marked i i i i1 ,they  
proceed from two  ,branches of an ,iron 
,hoop at k encompassing the lower end of
 the  ,spindle1 on either ,corner of the

 ,branch1 and have notches filled  in   
their outer-sides as in the ,figure1    
which notches are to contain  several   
,turns of ,whip-cord in each notch1     
which ,whip-cord being  also fastned to 
the ,hooks on the ,plattin1 holds the   
,plattin tight  to the ,hooks of the    
,hose4      4 #ae4 ,of the ,ribs1 and   
,cramp-,irons4    ,the ,ribs are        
delineated in ,plate #h4 at ,e1 they are
 made of  four square ,irons the length 
of the ,wooden-,ribs and ,end-,rails1   
viz4 four ,foot five ,inches long1 and  
three quarters of an ,inch  square1 only
 one end is batter'd to about a quarter 
of an ,inch thick1  and about two       
,inches and an half broad1 in which     
battering four or  five holes are       
,punch't for the nailing it down to the 
,hind-,rail of  the ,wooden-,ribs4 ,the 
,fore-end is also batter'd down as the  
,hind-end1  but bound downwards to a    
square1 that it may be nailed down on   
the  outer-side of the ,fore-,rail of   
the ,wooden-,ribs4    ,into the bottom  

of these ,ribs1 within nine ,inches of  
the middle1 on  either side is made two 
,female-,duftails about three quarters  
of an ,inch  broad1 and half a quarter  
of an ,inch thick1 which                
,female-,duftails have  ,male-,duftails 
as at a a a a fitted stiff into them1   
about an ,inch  and three quarters long2
 and these ,male-,duftails have an hole 
punched  at either end1 that when they  
are fitted into the ,female-,duftails in
  the ,ribs1 they may in these ,holes be
 ,nailed down the firmer to the         
,wooden-,ribs4    ,illustration3 ,plate 
#i4    ,these ,ribs are to be between   
the upper and the under-side exactly  of
 an equal thickness1 and both to lye    
exactly ,horizontal in straight  lines2 
,for irregularities will both ,mount and
 ,sink the ,cramp-,irons1  and make them
 ,run rumbling upon the ,ribs4    ,the  
upper-sides of these ,ribs must be      
purely ,smooth-fil'd and  ,pollish'd1   
and the edges a little ,bevil'd roundish
 away1 that they may  be somewhat       

,arching at the top2 because then the   
,cramp-,irons ,run  more easily and     
ticklishly over them4    ,the           
,cramp-,irons are marked ,f in ,plate   
#h4 ,they are an ,inch and an half  long
 besides the ,battering down at both    
ends as the ,ribs were2 ,they  have     
three holes ,punched in each ,battering 
down1 to ,nail them to the  ,planck of  
the ,coffin2 ,they are about half an    
,inch deep1 and one  quarter and an half
 thick2 their upper-sides are smoothed  
and rounded  away as the ,ribs4      4  
#af4 ,of the ,spindle for the ,rounce1  
described in ,plate #i4 at  a4    ,the  
,axis or ,spindle is a straight ,bar of 
,iron about three quarters  of an ,inch 
square1 and is about three ,inches      
longer than the whole  breadth of the   
,frame of the ,ribs1 viz4 two ,foot two 
,inches3 ,the  farther end of it is     
,filed to a round ,pin 7as at a7 three  
quarters  of an ,inch long1 and three   
quarters of an ,inch in ,diameter2 the  
hither  end is filed away to such       

another round ,pin1 but is two ,inches  
and a  quarter long 7as at b72 at an    
,inch and a quarter from this end is    
,filed a ,square ,pin three quarters of 
an ,inch long1 and within half  an ,inch
 of the end is ,filed another round     
,pin1 which hath another  ,male-,screw  
on it1 to which is fitted a square ,iron
 ,nut with a  ,female-,screw in it4     
,on the ,square ,pin is fitted a ,winch 
somewhat in form like a  ,jack-winch1   
but much stronger2 the ,eye of which is 
fitted upon the  ,square aforesaid1 and 
,screwed up tight with a ,female-,screw4
 ,on the  straight ,shank of this ,winch
 is fitted the ,rounce1 marked e4       
,the round ends of this ,axis are hung  
up in two ,iron-,sockets 7as at c  c7   
fastned with ,nails 7but more properly  
with ,screws7 on the outside  the       
,wooden ,frame of the ,ribs4    ,the    
,girt-,barrel marked d is ,turned of a  
,piece of ,maple or  ,alder-wood1 of    
such a length1 that it may play easily  
between the two  ,wooden ,ribs2 and of  

such a diameter1 that in one revolution 
of it1  such a length of ,girt may wind 
about it as shall be equal to half the  
length contained between the fore-end   
,iron of the ,tympan1 and the  inside of
 the ,rail of the ,inner-,tympan2       
because two ,revolutions of  this       
,barrel must move the ,carriage this    
length of space4    ,this ,barrel is    
fitted and fastned upon the ,iron ,axis1
 at such a  distance from either end1   
that it may move round between the      
,wooden  ,ribs aforesaid4      4 #ag4   
,of the ,press-,stone4    ,the          
,press-,stone should be ,marble1 though 
sometimes ,master ,printers  make shift 
with ,purbeck1 either because they can  
buy them cheaper1 or  else because they 
can neither distinguish them by their   
appearance1 or  know their different    
worths4    ,its thickness must be all   
the way throughout equal1 and ought to  
be  within one half quarter of an ,inch 
the depth of the inside of the  ,coffin2
 because the matter it is ,bedded in    

will raise it high  enough4 ,its length 
and breadth must be about half an ,inch 
less than the  length and breadth of the
 inside of the ,coffin3 ,because        
,justifiers  of ,wood1 the length of    
every side1 and almost the depth of the 
,stone1  must be thrust between the     
insides of the ,coffin and the outsides 
of the ,stone1 to ,wedge it tight and   
steddy in its place1 after the          
,press-man has ,bedded it4 ,its         
upper-side1 or ,face must be exactly    
straight and smooth4    ,i have given   
you this description of the             
,press-,stone1 because  they are thus   
generally used in all ,printing-,houses3
 ,but ,i have  had so much trouble1     
charge and vexation with the often      
breaking of  ,stones1 either through the
 carelesness or unskilfulness 7or both7 
of  ,press-men1 that necessity compell'd
 me to consider how ,i might leave  them
 off2 and now by long experience ,i have
 found1 that a piece of  ,lignum-vit of 
the same size1 and truly wrought1       

performs the office  of a ,stone in all 
respects as well as a ,stone1 and eases 
my mind1  of the trouble1 charge and    
vexation aforesaid1 though the first    
cost of  it be greater4      4 #ah4 ,of 
the ,plattin marked d in ,plate #i4     
,the ,plattin is commonly made of       
,beechen-,planck1 two ,inches and an    
half thick1 its length about fourteen   
,inches1 and its breadth about  nine    
,inches4 ,its sides are ,tryed ,square1 
and the ,face or under-side  of the     
,plattin ,plained exactly straight and  
smooth4 ,near the four  ,corners on the 
upper-side1 it hath four ,iron ,hooks as
 at a a a a1  whose ,shanks are ,wormed 
in4    ,in the middle of the upper-side 
is let in and fastned an ,iron ,plate   
called the ,plattin-,plate1 as b b b b1 
a quarter of an ,inch thick1  six       
,inches long1 and four ,inches broad2 in
 the middle of this ,plate  is made a   
square ,iron ,frame about half an ,inch 
high1 and half an ,inch  broad1 as at c4
 ,into this square ,frame is fitted the 

,stud of the  ,plattin ,pan1 so as it   
may stand steddy1 and yet to be taken   
out and  put in as occasion may require4
    ,the ,stud marked d1 is about an    
,inch thick1 and then spreads wider  and
 wider to the top 7at e e e e7 of it1   
till it becomes about two  ,inches and  
an half wide2 and the sides of this     
spreading being but  about half a       
quarter of an ,inch thick makes the     
,pan4 ,in the middle of  the bottom of  
this ,pan is a small ,center hole       
,punch'd for the ,toe  of the ,spindle  
to work in4      4 #ai4 ,of the ,points 
and ,point-,screws4    ,the ,points are 
made of ,iron ,plates about the         
thickness of a ,queen  ,elizabeth       
,shilling3 ,it is delineated at e in    
,plate #i4 which is  sufficient to shew 
the shape of it1 at the end of this     
,plate1 as at  a1 stands upright the    
,point4 ,this ,point is made of a piece 
of  small ,wyer about a quarter and half
 quarter of an ,inch high1 and hath  its
 lower end ,filed away to a small ,shank

 about twice the length of  the         
thickness of the ,plate2 so that a      
,sholder may remain4 ,this small  ,shank
 is fitted into a small ,hole made near 
the end of the ,plate1 and  ,revetted on
 the other side1 as was taught ,numb4   
#b4 ,fol4 #bd4 ,at the  other end of the
 ,plate is filed a long square notch in 
the ,plate as at  b c quarter and half  
quarter ,inch wide1 to receive the      
square shank  of the ,point-,screws4    
,the ,point-,screw marked f is made of  
,iron2 ,it hath a thin ,head about  an  
,inch square1 ,and a square ,shank just 
under the ,head1 an ,inch deep1  and    
almost quarter and half quarter ,inch   
square1 that the square ,notch  in the  
hinder end of the ,plate may slide on it
 from end to end of the  ,notch2 ,under 
this square ,shank is a round ,pin filed
 with a ,male-,screw  upon it1 to which 
is fitted a ,nut with a ,female-,screw  
in it1 and ,ears  on its outside to     
twist about1 and draw the ,head of the  
,shank close  down to the ,tympan1 and  

so hold the ,point-,plate fast in its   
,place4      4 #bj4 ,of the ,hammer1    
described at h1 and ,sheeps-,foot       
described  at i in ,plate #i4    ,the   
,hammer is a common ,hammer about a     
quarter of a ,pound weight2 ,it  hath no
 ,claws but a ,pen1 which stands the    
,press-man instead when  the ,chase     
proves so big1 that he is forced to use 
small ,quoins4    ,the ,figure of the   
,sheeps-,foot is description sufficient4
 ,its use is  to nail and un-nail the   
,balls4    ,the ,sheeps-,foot is all    
made of ,iron1 with an ,hammer-head at  
one end1  to drive the ,ball-,nails into
 the ,ball-,stocks1 and a ,claw at the  
other end1 to draw the ,ball-,nails out 
of the ,ball-,stocks4      4 #ba4 ,of   
the ,foot-step1 ,girts1 ,stay of the    
,carriage1 ,stay of the  ,frisket1      
,ball-,stocks1 ,paper-,bench1           
,lye-,trough1 ,lye-,brush1 ,lye-,kettle1
  ,tray to wet ,paper in1 ,weights to   
,press ,paper1 ,pelts1 or ,leather1     
,wool or ,hair1 ,ball-,nails or         

,pumping-,nails4    ,the ,foot-,step is 
an ,inch-,board about a ,foot broad1 and
 sixteen  ,inches long4 ,this ,board is 
nailed upon a piece of ,timber about    
seven  or eight ,inches high1 and is    
,bevil'd away on its upper-side1 as is  
also the ,board on its under-side at its
 hither end1 that the ,board may  stand 
aslope upon the ,floor4 ,it is placed   
fast on the ,floor under the  ,carriage 
of the ,press4 ,its ,office shall be    
shewed when we come to treat  of        
,exercise of the ,press-man4    ,girts  
are ,thongs of ,leather1 cut out of the 
,back of an ,horse-hide1  or a ,bulls   
hide1 sometimes an ,hogs-hide4 ,they are
 about an ,inch and  an half1 or an     
,inch and three quarters broad4 ,two of 
them are used to  carry the ,carriage   
out and in4 ,these two have each of them
 one of  their ends nailed to the       
,barrel on the ,spindle of the ,rounce1 
and the other ends nailed to the ,barrel
 behind the ,carriage in the  ,planck of
 the ,coffin1 and to the ,barrel on the 

fore-end of the  ,frame of the ,coffin4 
,the ,stay of the ,carriage is sometimes
 a piece of the same ,girt  fastned to  
the outside of the further ,cheek1 and  
to the further  hinder side of the      
,frame of the ,carriage4 ,it is fastned 
at such a  length by the ,press-man1    
that the ,carriage may ride so far out1 
as  that the ,irons of the ,tympan may  
just rise free and clear off the        
fore-side of the ,plattin4    ,another  
way to stay the ,carriage is to let an  
,iron ,pin into the  upper-side of the  
further ,rail of the ,frame of the      
,ribs1 just in the  place where the     
further hinder ,rail of the ,carriage   
stands projecting  over the ,rib-,rail1 
when the ,iron of the ,tympan may just  
rise free  from the ,fore-side of the   
,plattin2 for then that projecting will 
stop  against the ,iron ,pin4    ,the   
,stay of the ,frisket is made by        
fastning a ,batten upon the  middle of  
the ,top-side of the ,cap1 and by       
fastning a ,batten to the  former       

,batten perpendicularly downwards1 just 
at such a distance1 that  the upper-side
 of the ,frisket may stop against it    
when it is turned  up just a little     
beyond a ,perpendicular4 ,when a ,press 
stands at a  convenient distance from a 
,wall1 that ,wall performs the office of
 the  aforesaid ,stay4    ,ball-,stocks 
are ,turn'd of ,alder or ,maple4 ,their 
,shape is  delineated in ,plate #i4 at  
g3 ,they are about seven ,inches in     
,diameter1  and have their under-side   
,turned hollow1 to contain the greater  
quantity of ,wool or ,hair1 to keep the 
,ball-,leathers plump the  longer4      
,the ,lye-,trough 7delineated in ,plate 
#i4 at k7 is a ,square ,trough made  of 
,inch-,boards1 about four ,inches deep1 
two ,foot four ,inches long1  and one   
,foot nine ,inches broad1 and flat in   
the ,bottom4 ,its inside is  ,leaded    
with ,sheet-,lead1 which reaches up over
 the upper ,edges of the  ,trough4 ,in  
the middle of the two ends 7for so ,i   
call the shortest  sides7 on the        

outer-sides as a a1 is fastned a round  
,iron ,pin1 which  moves in a round hole
 made in an ,iron ,stud with a square   
,sprig under  it1 to be drove and       
fastned into a ,wooden ,horse1 which    
,horse ,i need  not describe1 because in
 ,plate aforesaid ,i have given you the 
,figure of  it4    ,the ,paper-,bench is
 only a common ,bench about three ,foot 
eight ,inches  long1 one ,foot eight    
,inches broad1 and three ,foot four     
,inches high4    ,the ,lye-,brush is    
made of ,hogs-,bristles fastned into a  
,board with  ,brass-,wyer1 for durance  
sake3 ,its ,board is commonly about nine
 ,inches  long1 and four and an half    
,inches broad2 and the length of the    
,bristles  about three ,inches4    ,to  
perform the ,office of a ,lye-,kettle   
7which commonly holds about  three      
,gallons7 the old-fashion'd ,chafers are
 most commodious1 as well  because they 
are more handy and manageable than      
,kettles with ,bails1  as also because  
they keep ,lye longer hot4    ,the ,tray

 to ,wet ,paper in is only a common     
,butchers ,tray1 large  enough to ,wet  
the largest ,paper in4    ,the ,weight  
to ,press ,paper with1 is either        
,mettal1 or ,stone1 flat on  the        
,bottom1 to ly steddy on the            
,paper-,board3 ,it must be about #ej or 
#fj pound weight4    ,for ,pelts or     
,leather1 ,ball-,nails or               
,pumping-,nails1 ,wool or  ,hair1       
,vellom or ,parchment or ,forrel1 the   
,press-man    generally eases the       
,master-,printer of the trouble of      
choosing1 though  not the charge of     
paying for them3 ,and for ,paste1       
,sallad ,oyl1 and  such accidental      
,requisites as the ,press-man in his    
work may want1 the  ,devil commonly     
fetches for him4      4 #bb4 ,of ,racks 
to ,hang ,paper on1 and of the ,peel4   
,our ,master-,printer must provide      
,racks to hang ,paper on to ,dry4  ,they
 are made of ,deal-board ,battens1      
square1 an ,inch thick1 and an  ,inch   
and an half deep1 and the length the    

whole length of the ,deal1  which is    
commonly about ten or eleven ,foot long1
 or else so long as  the convenience of 
the ,room will allow3 ,the two upper    
corners of these  ,rails are rounded off
 that they may not mark the ,paper4     
,these ,racks are ,hung over ,head1     
either in the ,printing-,house1 or      
,ware-house1 or both1 or any other ,room
 that is most convenient to  ,dry ,paper
 in2 they are hung athwart two ,rails an
 ,inch thick1 and  about three or four  
,inches deep1 which ,rails are fastned  
to some  ,joysts or other ,timber in the
 ,ceiling by ,stiles perpendicular to   
the  ,ceiling2 ,these ,rails stand so   
wide assunder1 that each end of the     
,racks may hang beyond them about the   
distance of two ,foot1 and have  on     
their upper edge at ten ,inches distance
 from one another1 so many  square      
,notches cut into them as the whole     
length of the ,rail will  bear2 ,into   
these square notches the ,racks are laid
 parallel to each  other with the flat  

side downwards1 and the ,rounded off    
side upwards4    ,the ,peel is described
 in ,plate #i4 at l1 which ,figure      
sufficiently  shews what it is2 ,and    
therefore ,i shall need say no more to  
it1 only  its ,handle may be longer or  
shorter according as the height of the  
,room  it is to be used in may require4 
4 #bc4 ,of ,inck4    ,the providing of  
good ,inck1 or rather good ,varnish for 
,inck1 is  none of the least incumbent  
cares upon our ,master-,printer1 though 
,custom has almost made it so here in   
,england2 for the process of  making    
,inck being as well laborious to the    
,body1 as noysom and  ungrateful to the 
,sence1 and by several odd accidents    
dangerous of  ,firing the ,place it is  
made in1 ,our ,english ,master-,printers
 do  generally discharge themselves of  
that trouble2 and instead of having     
good ,inck1 content themselves that they
 pay an ,inck-maker for good  ,inck1    
which may yet be better or worse        
according to the ,conscience of  the    

,inck-maker4    ,that our ,neighbours   
the ,hollanders who exhibit ,patterns of
 good  ,printing to all the ,world1 are 
careful and industrious in all the      
circumstances of good ,printing1 is very
 notorious to all ,book-men2  yet should
 they content themselves with such ,inck
 as we do1 their  ,work would appear    
notwithstanding the other circumstances 
they observe1  far less graceful than it
 does1 as well as ours would appear more
  beautiful if we used such ,inck as    
they do3 for there is many ,reasons1    
considering how the ,inck is made with  
us and with them1 why their  ,inck must 
needs be better than ours4 ,as ,first1  
,they make theirs  all of good old      
,linseed-,oyl alone1 and perhaps a      
little ,rosin in  it sometimes1 when as 
our ,inck-makers to save charges mingle 
many  times ,trane-,oyl among theirs1   
and a great deal of ,rosin2 which       
,trane-,oyl by its grossness1 ,furs and 
,choaks up a ,form1 and by its  fatness 
hinders the ,inck from drying2 so that  

when the ,work comes  to the ,binders1  
it ,sets off2 and besides is dull1      
smeary and  unpleasant to the ,eye4 ,and
 the ,rosin if too great a quantity be  
put  in1 and the ,form be not very ,lean
 ,beaten1 makes the ,inck turn  yellow3 
,and the same does ,new ,linseed-,oyl4  
,secondly1 ,they seldom ,boyl or ,burn  
it to that consistence the  ,hollanders 
do1 because they not only save labour   
and ,fewel1 but have  a greater weight  
of ,inck out of the same quantity of    
,oyl when less  ,burnt away than when   
more ,burnt away2 which want of ,burning
 makes  the ,inck also1 though made of  
good old ,linseed-,oyl ,fat and ,smeary1
  and hinders its ,drying2 so that when 
it comes to the ,binders it  also ,sets 
off4    ,thirdly1 ,they do not use that 
way of clearing their ,inck the         
,hollanders do1 or indeed any other way 
than meer ,burning it1 whereby  the     
,inck remains more ,oyly and ,greasie   
than if it were well  clarified4        
,fourthly1 ,they to save the ,press-man 

the labour of ,rubbing the  ,blacking   
into ,varnish on the ,inck-,block1 ,boyl
 the ,blacking in  the ,varnish1 or at  
least put the ,blacking in whilst the   
,varnish  is yet ,boyling-hot1 which so 
,burns and ,rubifies the ,blacking1     
that it loses much of its brisk and     
vivid black complexion4    ,fifthly1    
,because ,blacking is dear1 and adds    
little to the weight  of ,inck1 they    
stint themselves to a quantity which    
they exceed not2  so that sometimes the 
,inck proves so unsufferable ,pale1 that
 the  ,press-man is forc'd to ,rub in   
more ,blacking upon the ,block2 yet     
this he is often so loth to do1 that he 
will rather hazard the content  the     
,colour shall give1 than take the pains 
to amend it3 satisfying  himself that he
 can lay the blame upon the ,inck-maker4
    ,having thus hinted at the          
difference between the ,dutch and       
,english  ,inck1 ,i shall now give you  
the ,receipt and manner of making the   
,dutch-,varnish4    ,they provide a     

,kettle or a ,caldron1 but a ,caldron is
 more proper1  such an one as is        
described in ,plate #i4 at m4 ,this     
,vessel should hold  twice so much ,oyl 
as they intend to ,boyl1 that the ,scum 
may be  some considerable time a ,rising
 from the top of the ,oyl to the top  of
 the ,vessel to prevent danger4 ,this   
,caldron hath a ,copper ,cover to  fit  
the ,mouth of it1 and this ,cover hath  
an ,handle at the top of it to  take it 
off and put it on by4 ,this ,caldron is 
set upon a good strong  ,iron ,trevet1  
and fill'd half full of old             
,linseed-,oyl1 the older  the better1   
and hath a good ,fire made under it of  
solid matter1 either  ,sea ,coal1       
,charcoal or pretty big ,chumps of ,wood
 that will burn well  without much      
,flame2 for should the ,flame rise too  
high1 and the ,oyl  be very hot at the  
taking off the ,cover of the ,caldron1  
the fume of  the ,oyl might be apt to   
take ,fire at the ,flame1 and endanger  
the loss  of the ,oyl and ,firing the   

,house3 ,thus they let ,oyl heat in the 
,caldron till they think it is          
,boyling-hot2 which to know1 they peel  
the outer ,films of an ,oynion off it1  
and prick the ,oynion fast upon  the end
 of a small long ,stick1 and so put it  
into the heating ,oyl3  ,if it be       
,boyling-hot1 or almost ,boyling-hot1   
the ,oynion will put the  ,oyl into a   
,fermentation1 so that a ,scum will     
gather on the top of the  ,oyl1 and rise
 by degrees1 and that more or less      
according as it is  more or less ,hot3  
,but if it be so very ,hot that the     
,scum rises apace1  they quickly take   
the ,oynion out1 and by degrees the     
,scum will fall4  ,but if the ,oyl be   
,hot enough1 and they intend to put any 
,rosin  in1 the quantity is to every    
,gallon of ,oyl half a ,pound1 or rarely
  a whole ,pound4 ,the ,rosin they beat 
small in a ,mortar1 and with an  ,iron  
,ladle1 or else by an ,handful at a time
 strew it in gently into  the ,oyl lest 
it make the ,scum rise too fast2 but    

every ,ladle-full or  ,handful they put 
in so leasurely after one another1 that 
the first must  be wholly dissolv'd     
before they put any more in2 for else   
the ,scum will  ,rise too fast1 as      
aforesaid3 ,so that you may perceive a  
great care  is to keep the ,scum down3  
,for if it ,boyl over into the ,fire    
never so  little1 the whole ,body of    
,oyl will take ,fire immediately4    ,if
 the ,oyl be ,hot enough to ,burn1 they 
,burn it1 and that so often  till it be 
,hard enough1 which sometimes is six1   
seven1 eight times1  or more4    ,to    
,burn it they take a long small ,stick1 
or double up half a ,sheet of  ,paper1  
and light one end to set ,fire to the   
,oyl2 ,it will presently  ,take if the  
,oyl be ,hot enough1 if not1 they ,boyl 
it longer1 till it  be4    ,to try if it
 be ,hard enough1 they put the end of a 
,stick into the  ,oyl1 which will lick  
up about three or four drops1 which they
 put  upon an ,oyster-shell1 or some    
such thing1 and set it by to cool1 and  

when it is cold they touch it with their
 ,fore or ,middle-,finger and  ,thumb1  
and try its consistence by sticking     
together of their ,finger  and ,thumb2  
for if it draw stiff like strong        
,turpentine it is ,hard  enough1 if not1
 they ,boyl it longer1 or ,burn it again
 till it be so  consolidated4    ,when  
it is well ,boyled they throw in an     
,ounce of ,letharge of ,silver to  every
 four ,gallons of ,oyl to ,clarifie it1 
and ,boyl it gently once  again1 and    
then take it off the ,fire to stand and 
cool1 and when it  is cool enough to put
 their ,hand in1 they ,strain it through
 a ,linnen  ,cloath1 and with their     
,hands wring all the ,varnish out into a
 ,leaded  ,stone ,pot or ,pan1 and      
keeping it covered1 set it by for their 
use2 ,the  longer it stands by the      
better1 because it is less subject to   
turn  ,yellow on the ,paper that is     
,printed with it4    ,this is the ,dutch
 way of making ,varnish1 and the way the
 ,english  ,inck-makers ought to use4   

,note1 ,first1 ,that the ,varnish may be
 made without ,burning the  ,oyl1 viz4  
only with well and long ,boyling it2 for
 ,burning is but  a violent way of      
,boyling1 to consolidate it the sooner4 
,secondly1 ,that an ,apple or a ,crust  
of ,bread1 c4 stuck upon  the end of a  
,stick instead of an ,oynion will also  
make the ,scum of  the ,oyl rise3 ,for  
it is only the ,air contained in the    
,pores of the  ,apple1 ,crust or        
,oynion1 c4 pressed or forced out by the
 violent  heat of the ,oyl1 that raises 
the many ,bubbles on the top of the     
,oyl3 ,and the connection of those      
,bubbles are vulgarly called ,scum4     
,thirdly1 ,the ,english ,inck-makers    
that often make ,inck1 and that  in     
great quantities1 because one ,man may  
serve all ,england1 instead  of setting 
a ,caldron on a ,trevet1 build a        
,furnace under a great  ,caldron1 and   
,trim it about so with ,brick1 that it  
,boyls far sooner  and more securely    
than on a ,trevet2 because if the ,oyl  

should  chance to ,boyl over1 yet can it
 not run into the ,fire1 being ,fenced  
round about with ,brick as aforesaid1   
and the ,stoking-hole lying far  under  
the ,caldron4    ,fourthly1 ,when for   
want of a ,caldron the ,master-,printer 
makes  ,varnish in a ,kettle1 ,he       
provides a great piece of thick         
,canvass1  big enough when three or four
 double to cover the ,kettle1 and also  
to hang half round the sides of the     
,kettle3 ,this ,canvass 7to make  it    
more soluble7 is wet in ,water1 and the 
,water well wrung out again1  so that   
the ,canvass remains only moist3 ,its   
use is to throw flat  over the ,mouth of
 the ,kettle when the ,oyl is ,burning1 
to keep  the smoak in1 that it may      
stifle the ,flame when they see cause to
 put  it out4 ,but the ,water as was    
said before1 must be very well wrung out
  of the ,canvass1 for should but a drop
 or two fall from the sides of  it into 
the ,oyl when it is ,burning1 it will so
 enrage the ,oyl1 and  raise the ,scum1 

that it might endanger the working over 
the top of the  ,kettle4           99   
99       99       99       99    ,having
 shewn you the ,master-,printers        
,office1 ,i account it suitable  to     
proper ,method1 to let you know how the 
,letter-,founder ,cuts the  ,punches1   
how the ,molds are made1 the ,matrices  
,sunck1 and the  ,letter ,cast and      
,drest1 for all these ,operations       
precede the  ,compositers ,trade1 as the
 ,compositers does the ,press-mans2     
wherefore the next ,exercises shall be  
7,god willing7 upon ,cutting of  the    
,steel-,punches4                        
,,mechanick ,,exercises3                
,or1 the ,doctrine of                   
,handy-works4                           
,applied to the ,art of                 
,letter-,cutting4                       
,,preface4    ,l,etter-,cutting is a    
,handy-,work hitherto kept so conceal'd 
among the  ,artificers of it1 that ,i   
cannot learn any one hath taught it any 
other2 ,but every one that has used it1 

,learnt it of his own ,genuine          
,inclination4 ,therefore1 though ,i     
cannot 7as in other ,trades7 describe   
the general ,practice of ,work-men1 yet 
the ,rules ,i follow ,i shall shew      
here1 and have as good an ,opinion of   
these ,rules1 as those have that  are   
shyest of discovering theirs4 ,for1     
indeed1 by the appearance of  some ,work
 done1 a judicious ,eye may doubt       
whether they go by any ,rule  at all1   
though ,geometrick ,rules1 in no        
,practice whatever1 ought to be  more   
nicely or exactly observed than in this4
      4 #ab4 4 #a4 ,of ,letter-,cutters 
,tools4    ,the making of               
,steel-,punches is a ,branch of the     
,smith's ,trade3  ,for1 as ,i told you  
in the ,preface to ,numb4 #a4 ,the      
,black-,smith's  ,trade comprehends all 
,trades that use either ,forge or ,file1
 from the  ,anchor-,smith1 to the       
,watch-maker3 ,they all working by the  
same  ,rules1 though not with equal     
exactness2 and all using the same       

,tools1  though of different ,sizes from
 those the ,common ,black-,smith uses2  
and that according to the various       
purposes they are applied1 c4           
,therefore1 indeed1 a ,letter-,cutter   
should have a ,forge set up1 as  by     
,numb4 #a4 ,but some ,letter-,cutters   
may seem to scorn to use a  ,forge1 as  
accounting it too hard ,labour1 and     
,ungenteel for themselves  to officiate 
at4 ,yet they all well know1 that though
 they may have  a common ,black-,smith  
perform their much and heavy ,work1 that
 many  times a ,forge of their own at   
,hand would be very commodious for them 
in  several accidental little and light 
,jobs1 which 7in a ,train of ,work7     
they must meet withal4    ,but if our   
,letter-,cutter will have no ,forge1 yet
 he must of necessity  accommodate      
himself with a ,vice1 ,hand-,vice1      
,hammers1 ,files1  ,small and ,fine     
,files 7commonly called ,watch-makers   
,files7 of  these he saves all1 as they 
wear out1 to smooth and burnish the     

,sides  and ,face of his ,letter with1  
as shall be shewed2 ,gravers1 and       
,sculpters of all sorts1 an ,anvil1 or a
 ,stake1 an ,oyl-stone1  c4 ,and of     
these1 such as are suitable and sizable 
to the several  ,letters he is to ,cut4 
,these1 or many of these ,tools1 being  
described  in ,numb4 #a4 ,i refer my    
,reader thither1 and proceed to give an 
account  of some ,tools peculiar to the 
,letter-,cutter1 though not of          
particular  use to the ,common          
,black-,smith4    ,illustration3 ,plate 
#aj4      4 #b4 ,of the ,using-,file4   
,this ,file is about nine or ten ,inches
 long1 and three or four ,inches  broad1
 and three quarters of an ,inch thick3  
,the two broad sides must  be exactly   
flat and straight3 ,and the one side is 
commonly cut with a  ,bastard-,cut1 the 
other with a ,fine or ,smooth ,cut4     
7,see ,numb4 #a4  ,fol4 #ad1 #ae47 ,its 
use is to ,rub a piece of ,steel1 ,iron1
 or ,brass1  c4 flat and straight upon1 
as shall be shewed hereafter4    ,in    

chusing it1 you must see it be exactly  
,flat and ,straight all its  ,length and
 ,breadth3 ,for if it in any part ,belly
 out1 or be ,hollow  inwards1 what is   
,rubbed upon it will be ,hollow1        
,rubbing on the ,bellying  part2 and    
,bellying1 ,rubbing on the ,hollow part4
 ,you must also see that  it be very    
,hard2 and therefore the thickest       
,using-,files are likeliest  to prove   
best1 because the thin commonly ,warp in
 ,hardning4      4 #c4 ,of the          
,flat-,gage4    ,the ,flat-,gage is     
described in ,plate #aj4 at ,a4 ,it is  
made of a flat  piece of ,box1 or other 
,hard ,wood4 ,its ,length is three      
,inches and an  half1 its ,breadth two  
,inches and an half1 and its ,thickness 
one ,inch  and an half4 ,this is on the 
,flat1 first made ,square1 but          
afterwards  hath one of its ,corners 7as
 h7 a little rounded off1 that it may   
the  easier comply with the ,ball of the
 ,hand4 ,out of one of its longest      
,sides1 viz4 that not rounded off1 is   

,cut through the thickness of it  an    
exact ,square1 whose one side b f1 c g  
is about an ,inch and three  quarters   
long2 and its other side b d1 c e about 
half an ,inch long4  ,the ,depth of     
these ,sides and their ,angle is exactly
 ,square to the top  and bottom of the  
upper and under ,superficies of the     
,flat-,gage4    ,its ,use is to hold a  
,rod of ,steel1 or ,body of a ,mold1 c4 
exactly  perpendicular to the ,flat of  
the ,using-,file1 that the end of it may
  rub upon the ,using-,file1 and be     
,filed away exactly ,square1 and that   
to the ,shank2 as shall more at large be
 shewed in 4 #b4 4 #c4      4 #d4 ,of   
the ,sliding-,gage4    ,the             
,sliding-,gage is described in ,plate   
#aj4 at ,fig4 ,b4 ,it is a  ,tool       
commonly used by ,mathematical          
,instrument-,makers1 and ,i have  found 
it of great use in ,letter-,cutting1 and
 making of ,molds1 c4  a a the ,beam1 b 
the ,tooth1 c c the ,sliding ,socket1 d 
d d d the  ,shoulder of the ,socket4    

,its ,use is to measure and set off     
,distances between the ,sholder and the 
,tooth1 and to mark it off from the end1
 or else from the edge of your  ,work4  
,i always use two or three of these     
,gages1 that ,i need not remove the     
,sholder when it is set to a ,distance  
which ,i may have after-use for2 as     
shall in ,working be shewed more fully4 
4 #e4 ,of the ,face-,gages1 marked ,c in
 ,plate #aj4    ,the ,face-,gage is a   
,square ,notch cut with a ,file into the
 edge of a  thin ,plate of ,steel1      
,iron1 or ,brass1 the thickness of a    
piece of common  ,latton1 and the ,notch
 about an ,english deep4 ,there be three
 of these  ,gages made1 for the ,letters
 to be cut on one ,body2 but they may be
 all  made upon one thin ,plate1 the    
readier to be found1 as at ,d4 ,as      
first1  for the ,long-,letters2         
,secondly1 for the ,assending ,letters2 
,and ,thirdly1  for the ,short-,letters4
 ,the ,length of these several ,notches1
 or ,gages1  have their ,proportions to 

the ,body they are cut to1 and are as   
follows4  ,we shall imagine 7for in     
,practice it cannot well be perform'd1  
unless  in very large ,bodies7 that the 
,length of the whole ,body is divided   
into  forty and two equal ,parts4       
,the ,gage for the ,long-,letters are   
the length of the whole ,body1  viz4    
forty and two equal ,parts4 ,the ,gage  
for the ,assending ,letters1  ,roman and
 ,italica1 are five ,seventh ,parts of  
the ,body1 viz4  thirty ,parts of       
forty-two1 and thirty and three ,parts  
for ,english  ,face4 ,the ,gage for the 
,short-,letters are three ,seventh      
,parts of the  whole ,body1 viz4        
eighteen ,parts of forty-two for the    
,roman and  ,italica1 and twenty two    
,parts for the ,english ,face4    ,it   
may indeed be thought impossible to     
divide a ,body into seven  equal ,parts1
 and much more difficult to divide each 
of those seven  equal ,parts into six   
equal ,parts1 which are forty-two1 as   
aforesaid1  especially if the ,body be  

but small2 but yet it is possible with  
curious ,working3 ,for seven thin       
,spaces may be ,cast and ,rubb'd to do  
it4  ,and for dividing each of the thin 
,spaces into six equal ,parts1 you may  
,cast and ,rub ,full ,point 4 to be of  
the thickness of one thin ,space1  and  
one sixth part of a thin ,space3 ,and   
you may ,cast and ,rub 3 to be  the     
thickness of one thin ,space1 and two   
sixth parts of a thin ,space3  ,and you 
may ,cast and ,rub 1 to be the thickness
 of one thin ,space1 and  three sixth   
parts of a thin ,space3 ,and you may    
,cast and ,rub - to be the  thickness of
 one thin ,space1 and four sixth parts  
of a thin ,space3 ,and  you may ,cast   
and ,rub 2 to be the thickness of one   
thin ,space1 and five  sixth parts of a 
thin ,space4    ,the reason why ,i      
propose 4 to be ,cast and ,rubb'd one   
sixth part thicker  than a thin ,space1 
is only that it may be readily          
distinguished from 3  1 - 2 which are   
two sixth parts1 three sixth parts1 four

 sixth parts1  five sixth parts thicker 
than a thin ,space4 ,and for six sixth  
parts  thicker than a thin ,space1 two  
thin ,spaces does it4    ,the manner of 
adjusting these several ,sixth ,parts of
 ,thicknesses is as  follows4 ,you may  
try if six 4 exactly agree1 and be even 
with seven  thin ,spaces2 7or1 which is 
all one1 a ,body7 for then is each of   
those  six 4 one sixth part thicker than
 a thin ,space1 because it drives out  a
 thin ,space in six thin ,spaces4 ,and  
you may try if six 3 be equal to  a     
,body and one thin ,space2 for then is  
each 3 two sixth parts thicker  than a  
thin ,space4 ,if six 1 be equal to nine 
thin ,spaces1 then each 1  is three     
sixth parts of a thin ,space thicker    
than a thin ,space4 ,if six  - be equal 
to ten thin ,spaces1 then each - is four
 sixth parts of a  thin ,space thicker  
than a thin ,space4 ,if six 2 be equal  
to eleven thin  ,spaces1 then each 2 is 
five sixth parts of a thin ,space       
thicker than a  thin ,space4    ,now1 as

 aforesaid1 a thin ,space being one     
seventh part of the ,body1 and  the thin
 ,space thus divided1 you have the whole
 ,body actually divided  into forty and 
two equal parts1 as ,i have divided them
 in my ,drafts of  ,letters down the    
,sides1 and in the ,bottom-,line4       
,though ,i have thus shewed how to      
divide a thin ,space into six equal     
,parts1 yet when the ,letter to be ,cut 
proves of a small ,body1 the thin       
,space divided into two equal ,parts may
 serve3 ,if it prove bigger1 into  three
 or four equal ,parts3 ,and of the      
largest ,bodies1 they may be  divided   
into six1 as aforesaid4    ,if now you  
would make a ,gage for any number of    
thin ,spaces and ,sixth  ,parts of a    
thin ,space1 you must take one thin     
,space less than the  number of thin    
,spaces proposed1 and add 4 3 1 - 2     
according as the  number of sixth ,parts
 of a thin ,space require2 and to those 
complicated  ,thicknesses you may file a
 square ,notch on the edge of the thin  

,plate  aforesaid1 which shall be a     
standing ,gage or ,measure for that     
number of  thin ,spaces and sixth ,parts
 of a thin ,space4    ,all the          
,exception against this way of          
,measuring is1 that thin ,spaces  cast  
in ,metal may be subject to bow1 and so 
their ,thicknesses may prove  deceitful4
 ,but1 in ,answer to that1 ,i say1 you  
may1 if you will1 ,cast  ,i for two thin
 ,spaces thick1 e for three thin ,spaces
 thick1 ,s for four  thin ,spaces thick1
 ,l for five thin ,spaces thick1 ,d for 
six thin ,spaces  thick1 or any other   
,letters near these several             
,thicknesses1 as you  think fit2 only   
remember1 or rather1 make a ,table of   
the number of thin  ,spaces that each   
,letter on the ,shank is ,cast for4 ,and
 by complicating  the ,letters and      
,points1 as aforesaid1 you will have any
 ,thickness1  either to make a ,gage by1
 or to use otherwise4    ,on the other  
,edge of the ,face-,gage you may file   
three other ,notches1  of the same      

,width with those on the former ,edge1  
for the ,long1 the  ,assending1 and     
,short-,letters4 ,but though the two    
sides of each of these  ,notches are    
parallel to each other1 yet is not the  
third side square to  them1 but hath the
 same ,slope the ,italick hath from the 
,roman2 as  you may see in the ,figure  
at b b b4      4 #f4 ,of ,italick1 and  
other ,standing ,gages4    ,these ,gages
 are to measure 7as aforesaid7 the      
,slope of the ,italick  ,stems1 by      
applying the ,top and ,bottom of the    
,gage to the ,top and  ,bottom-,lines of
 the ,letters1 and the other ,side of   
the ,gage to the  ,stem3 for when the   
,letter complies with these three sides 
of the ,gage  that ,letter hath its true
 ,slope4    ,the manner of making these 
,gages 7and indeed all other ,angular   
,gages7 is thus4    ,place one ,point of
 a ,pair of ,steel ,dividers upon the   
thin ,plate  aforesaid1 at the ,point c 
or d 7in ,fig4 ,d in ,plate #aj47 and   
with the other ,point describe a small  

fine ,arch of a ,circle2 as1 e  f or g  
h4 ,in this ,arch of the ,circle must be
 set off on the ,gage  a #aaj ,degrees1 
and on the ,gage b #gj ,degrees1 and    
draw from  the ,centres c and d two     
straight ,lines through those numbers of
  ,degrees3 ,then ,filing away the      
,plate between the two ,lines1 the      
,gages  are finished4    ,to find the   
,measure of this1 or any other number of
 ,degrees1 do thus2  ,describe a ,circle
 on a piece of ,plate-,brass of any     
,radius 7but the  larger the better7    
draw a straight ,line exactly through   
the ,centre of  this ,circle1 and       
another straight ,line to cut this      
straight ,line at  right ,angles in the 
,centre1 through the ,circle2 so shall  
the ,circle  be divided into four       
,quadrants3 ,then fix one ,foot of your 
,compasses  7being yet unstirr'd7 in one
 of the ,points where any of the        
straight  ,lines cuts the ,circle1 and  
extend the moving ,foot of your         
,compasses  where it will fall in the   

,circle1 and make there a ,mark1 which  
is #fj  ,degrees from the fixed ,foot of
 the ,compasses3 ,then fix again one    
,foot  of your ,compasses in the        
,intersection of the straight ,line and 
,circle  that is next the ,mark that was
 made before1 and extend the moving     
,foot  in the same ,quadrant towards the
 straight ,line where you first pitch'd 
the ,foot of your ,compasses1 and with  
the moving ,foot make another ,mark  in 
the ,circle4 ,these two ,marks divide   
the ,quadrant into three equal  ,parts3 
,the same way you may divide the other  
three ,quadrants2 so shall  the whole   
,circle be divided into twelve equal    
,parts2 and each of these  twelve equal 
parts contain an ,arch of thirty        
,degrees3 ,then with your  ,dividers    
divide each of these #cj ,degrees into  
three equal ,parts1 and  each of these  
three equal ,parts into two equal       
,parts1 and each of these  two equal    
,parts into five equal ,parts1 so shall 
the ,circle be divided  into #cfj equal 

,parts1 for your use4    ,to use it1    
describe on the ,centre of the ,circle  
an ,arch of almost a  ,semi-,circle3    
,this ,arch must be exactly of the same 
,radius with that ,i  prescribed to be  
made on the ,gages a b1 from e to f and 
from  g to h2 then count in your ,circle
 of ,degrees from any ,diametral  ,line 
#aaj ,degrees2 and laying a straight    
,ruler on the ,centre1 and on the  #aaj 
,degrees aforesaid1 make a small ,mark  
through the small ,arch2 and  placing   
one ,foot of your ,compasses at the     
,intersection of the small  ,arch1 with 
the ,diametral ,line1 open the other    
,foot to the ,mark made on  the small   
,arch for #aaj ,degrees1 and transfer   
that ,distance to the small  ,arch made 
on the ,gage3 ,then through the ,marks  
that the two ,points of  your ,compasses
 make in the small ,arch on the ,gage1  
draw two straight  ,lines from the      
,centre c3 and the ,brass between those 
two straight  ,lines being filed away1  
that ,gage is made4 ,in like manner you 

may set  off any other number of        
,degrees1 for the making of any other   
,gage4    ,in like manner1 you may      
measure any ,angle in the ,drafts of    
,letters1 by  describing a small ,arch  
on the ,angular ,point1 and an ,arch of 
the same  ,radius on the ,centre of your
 divided ,circle3 ,for then1 placing one
 ,foot  of your ,compasses at the       
,intersection of the small ,arch with   
either  of the straight ,lines          
proceeding from the ,angle in the       
,draft1 and  extending the other ,foot  
to the ,intersection of the small ,arch1
 with  the other straight ,line that    
proceeds from the ,angle1 you have      
between  the ,feet of your ,compasses1  
the ,width of the ,angle2 and by placing
  one ,foot of your ,compasses at the   
,intersection of any of the straight    
,lines that proceed from the ,centre of 
the divided ,circle1 and the small      
,arch you made on it1 and making a ,mark
 where the other ,foot of your          
,compasses falls in the said small      

,arch1 you may1 by a straight ,ruler    
laid on the ,centre of the divided      
,circle1 and the ,mark on the small     
,arch1 see in the ,limb of the ,circle  
the number of ,degrees contained        
between the ,diametral1 or straight     
,line and the ,mark4    ,if you have    
already a dividing-,plate of #cfj       
,degrees1 of a larger ,radius  than the 
,arch on your ,gage1 you may save your  
self the labour of  dividing a ,circle  
7as aforesaid17 and work by your        
dividing-,plate as  you were directed to
 do with the ,circle that ,i shewed you 
to divide4    ,in these ,documents ,i   
have exposed my self to a double        
,censure2 ,first1  of ,geometricians3   
,secondly1 of ,letter-,cutters4         
,geometricians will  censure me for     
writing anew that which almost every    
young ,beginner  knows3 ,and            
,letter-,cutters will censure me for    
proposing a ,rule for  that which they  
dare pretend they can do without ,rule4 
,to the ,geometricians ,i cross the     

,cudgels3 yet ,i writ this not to  them2
 and ,i doubt ,i have written           
superfluously to ,letter-,cutters1      
because ,i think few of them either will
 or care to take pains to  understand   
these small ,rudiments of ,geometry4 ,if
 they do1 and be  ingenious1 they will  
thank me for discovering this ,help in  
their own  ,way1 which few of them know4
 ,for by this ,rule they will not only  
make  ,letters truer1 but also quicker1 
and with less care2 because they  shall 
never need to stamp their               
,counter-,punch in ,lead1 to see how  it
 pleases them2 which they do many times1
 before they like their                 
,counter-,punch1 7be it of ,a ,a ,v v ,w
 w ,v ,w1 and several other  ,letters7  
and at last finish their ,counter-,punch
 but with a good  ,opinion they have    
that it may do well1 though they        
frequently see  it does not in many     
,angular ,letters on different ,bodies  
,cut by the  same ,hand4 ,and were      
,letter-,cutting brought to so common   

,practice as  ,joynery1 ,cabinet-making1
 or ,mathematical ,instrument-making1   
every  young ,beginner should then be   
taught by ,rules1 as they of these      
,trades  are2 because ,letter-,cutting  
depends as much upon ,rule and ,compass 
as  any other ,trade does4    ,you may  
in other places1 where you find most    
,convenience 7as at i7  make a ,square1 
which may stand you in stead for the    
,squaring the ,face  and ,stems of the  
,punch in ,roman ,letters1 and also in  
many other  ,uses4    ,and you may make 
,gages1 as you were taught before to try
 the  ,counter-,punches of ,angular     
,letters2 as1 ,a ,k ,m ,n ,v ,x ,y ,z1  
,romans  and ,italicks1 ,capitals and   
,lower-,case4 ,but then1 that you may   
know each distinct ,gage1 you may       
engrave on the several respective       
,gages1 at the ,angle1 ,a ,a #d c4 ,for 
by examining by the ,drafts of          
,letters1 what ,angle their ,insides    
make1 you may set that ,angle off1  and 
make the ,gage as you were taught       

before1 in the ,gage for the  ,slope of 
,italicks4      4 #g4 ,of the ,liner4   
,the ,liner is marked ,e in ,plate #aj4 
,it is a thin ,plate of ,iron or        
,brass1 whose ,draft is sufficient to   
express the ,shape4 ,the ,use of it is  
on the under-edge a b 7which is about   
three ,inches long7 and is made  truly  
straight1 and pretty sharp or fine2 that
 being applied to the  ,face of a       
,punch1 or other piece of ,work1 it may 
shew whether it be  straight or no4     
4 #h4 ,of the ,flat-,table4    ,the     
,flat-,table at ,f in ,plate #aj4 ,the  
,figure is there sufficient4  ,all its  
,use is the ,table ,f1 for that is about
 one ,inch and an half  square1 and on  
its ,superficies exactly straight and   
flat4 ,it is made of  ,iron or ,brass1  
but ,brass most proper4 ,its ,use is to 
try if the ,shank of  a ,punch be       
exactly ,perpendicular to its ,face1    
when the ,face is set  upon the ,table2 
for if the ,shank stand then directly   
upright to the  ,face of the ,table1 and

 lean not to any side of it1 it is      
concluded to  be perpendicular4    ,it  
hath several other ,uses1 which1 when we
 come to ,casting of  ,letters1 and     
,justifying of ,matrices1 shall be      
shewn4      4 #i4 ,of the ,tach4    ,the
 ,tach is a piece of ,hard ,wood1 7,box 
is very good7 about three  ,inches      
broad1 six ,inches long1 and three      
quarters of an ,inch thick4  ,about half
 its ,length is fastned firm down upon  
the ,work-,bench1 and  its other half   
projects over the hither ,edge of it4   
,it hath three  or four ,angular        
,notches on its ,fore-end to rest and   
hold the ,shank  of a ,punch steady when
 the ,end of the ,punch is screwed in   
the  ,hand-,vice1 and the ,hand-,vice   
held in the left hand1 while the        
,workman ,files or ,graves on it with   
his ,right ,hand4    ,instead of        
,fastning the ,tach to the ,bench1 ,i   
,saw a square piece  out of the further 
half of the ,tach1 that it may not be   
too wide  for the ,chaps of the ,vice to

 take and screw that narrow ,end into   
the ,chaps of the ,vice1 because it     
should be less cumbersome to my         
,work-,bench4      4 #aj4 ,of           
,furnishing the ,work-,bench4    ,the   
,workman hath all his great ,files      
placed in ,leather ,nooses1  with their 
,handles upwards1 that he may readily   
distinguish the ,file  he wants from    
another ,file4 ,these ,nooses are nailed
 on a ,board that  ,cases the ,wall on  
his ,right ,hand1 and as near his ,vice 
as ,convenience  will admit1 that he may
 the readier take any ,file he wants4   
,he hath also on his ,right ,hand a ,tin
 ,pot1 of about a ,pint1 with  small    
,files standing in it1 with their       
,handles downwards1 that  their ,blades 
may be the readier seen4 ,these small   
,files are called  ,watch-makers ,files1
 and the ,letter-,cutter hath occasion  
to use  these of all ,shapes1 viz4      
,flat1 ,pillar1 ,square1 ,triangular1   
,round1 ,half-,round1 ,knife-,files1 c4 
,he also provides a shallow square ,box1

 of about five ,inches long1 and  three 
,inches broad1 to lay his small         
,instruments in2 as1 his ,gages1  his   
,liner1 some common ,punches1 c4 ,this  
,box he places before  him1 at the      
further side of the ,work-,bench4    ,he
 also provides a good ,oyl-,stone1 to   
sharpen his ,gravers and  ,sculpters on4
 ,this he places at some distance from  
the ,vice1 on his  ,left-,hand4      4  
#ac4 4 #a4 ,of ,letter-,cutting4    ,the
 ,letter-,cutter does either ,forge his 
,steel-,punches1 or procures  them to be
 forged2 as ,i shewed1 ,numb4 #a4 ,fol4 
#h1 #i1 #aj4 in ,vol4  ,i4 c4 ,but great
 care must be taken1 that the ,steel be 
sound1 and  free from ,veins of ,iron1  
,cracks and ,flaws1 which may be        
discerned2 as  ,i shewed in ,numb4 #c4  
,vol4 ,i4 ,for if there be any ,veins of
 ,iron in  the ,steel1 when the ,letter 
is ,cut and ,temper'd1 and you would    
,sink the  ,punch into the ,copper1 it  
will batter there3 ,or it will ,crack or
  ,break if there be ,flaws4    ,if     

there be ,iron in it1 it must with the  
,chissel be split upon a good           
,blood-,red-,heat in that place1 and the
 ,iron taken or wrought out2 and  then  
with another1 or more ,welding ,heat1 or
 ,heats1 well doubled up1 and  laboured 
together1 till the ,steel become a sound
 entire piece4 ,this  ,operation ,smiths
 call ,well ,currying of the ,steel4    
,if there be ,flaws in it1 you must also
 take good ,welding ,heats1 so  hot1    
that the contiguous sides of the ,flaws 
may almost ,run3 for then1  snatching it
 quickly out of the ,fire1 you may      
labour it together till  it become close
 and sound4    ,mr4 ,robinson1 a        
,black-,smith of ,oxford1 told me a way 
he uses  that is ingenious1 and seems   
rational3 ,for if he doubts the ,steel  
may  have some small ,flaws that he can 
scarce discern1 he takes a good high    
,blood-,red ,heat of it1 and then twists
 the ,rod or ,bar 7as ,i shewed1  ,numb4
 #c4 ,vol4 ,i47 which ,twisting winds   
the ,flaws about the ,body  of the ,rod1

 and being thus equally disposed1 more  
or less1 into the  ,out-sides of the    
,rod1 according as the ,position of the 
,flaw may be1  allows an equal ,heat on 
all sides to be taken1 because the      
,out-sides  heat faster than the        
,inside2 and therefore the ,out-sides of
 the ,steel  are not thus so subject to 
,burn1 or ,run1 as if it should be kept 
in  the ,fire till the ,middle1 or      
,inside of it should be ready to ,run4  
,and  when the ,steel is thus well      
welded1 and soundly laboured and wrought
  together with proper ,heats1 he       
afterwards reduces it to ,form4    ,now1
 that ,i may be the better understood by
 my ,reader as he reads  further1 ,i    
have1 in ,plate #aj4 at ,fig4 ,g        
described the several ,parts  of the    
,punch2 which ,i here explain4      ,g  
,the ,face4    a a1 b b ,the ,thickness4
    a b1 a b ,the ,heighth4    a c1 b c1
 b c ,the ,length of the ,shank1 about  
an    ,inch and three quarters long4    
c c c ,the ,hammer-,end4    ,this is no 

strict ,length for the ,shank1 but a    
convenient ,length2 for  should the     
,letter ,cut on the ,face be small1 and 
consequently1 the  ,shank so too1 and   
the ,shank much longer1 and it 7as      
seldom it is7 not  ,temper'd in the     
middle1 it might1 with ,punching into   
,copper1 bow in the  middle1 either with
 the weight of the ,hammer1 or with     
light reiterated  ,blows3 ,and should it
 be much shorter1 there might perhaps   
,finger-room  be wanting to manage and  
command it while it is ,punching into   
the  ,copper4 ,but this ,length is long 
enough for the biggest ,letters1 and    
short enough for the smallest ,letters4 
,the ,heighth and ,thickness cannot be  
assign'd in general1 because of the     
diversity of ,bodies1 and ,thickness of 
,letters3 ,besides1 some ,letters  must 
be ,cut on a broad ,face of ,steel1     
though1 when it is ,cut1 it is of  the  
same ,body2 as all ,letters are1 to     
which ,counter-,punches are used2       
because the ,striking the               

,counter-,punch into the ,face of the   
,punch  will1 if it have not strength   
enough to contain it1 break or crack one
  or more sides of the ,punch1 and so   
spoil it4 ,but if the ,letter be  wholly
 to be ,cut1 and not ,counter-,punch'd1 
as ,i shall hereafter hint in  general  
what ,letters are not1 then the ,face of
 the ,punch need be no  bigger1 or1 at  
least1 but a small matter bigger than   
the ,letter that is  to be cut upon it4 
,now1 ,if the ,letter be to be          
,counter-punch'd1 the ,face of the      
,punch  ought to be about twice the     
,heighth1 and twice the ,thickness of   
the  ,face of the ,counter-,punch2 that 
so1 when the ,counter-,punch is  struck 
just on the middle of the ,face of the  
,punch1 a convenient  ,substance1 and   
consequently1 ,strength of ,steel on all
 its ,sides may be  contained to resist 
the ,delitation1 that the ,sholder or   
,beard of the  ,counter-,punch sinking  
into it1 would else make4    ,if the    
,letter-,cutter be to ,cut a whole ,set 

of ,punches of the same  ,body of ,roman
 and ,italica1 he provides about #bdj or
 #bfj of these  ,punches1 because so    
many will be used in the ,roman and     
,italica  ,capitals and ,lower-,case1   
,double-,letters1 ,swash-,letters1      
,accented ,letters1 ,figures1 ,points1  
c4 ,but this number of  ,punches are to 
have several ,heighths and ,thicknesses1
 though the  ,letters to be ,cut on them
 are all of the same ,body4    ,what    
,heighth and ,thickness is1 ,i have     
shewed before in this 1 but not  what   
,body is2 therefore ,i shall here       
explain it4    ,by ,body is meant1 in   
,letter-,cutters1 ,founders and         
,printers  ,language1 the ,side of the  
,space contained between the ,top and   
,bottom  ,line of a ,long ,letter4 ,as  
in the ,draft of ,letters1 the divided  
,line on  the ,left-,hand of ,a is      
divided into forty and two equal ,parts2
 and that  ,length is the ,body1 thus3  
,j being an ,ascending and ,descending  
,letter1  viz4 a long ,letter1 stands   

upon forty-two ,parts1 and therefore    
fills  the whole ,body4    ,there is in 
common ,use here in ,england1 about     
eleven ,bodies1 as ,i  shewed in 4 #b4 4
 #b4 of this ,volumne4    ,i told you   
even now1 that all the ,punches for the 
same ,body must not  have the same      
,heighth and ,thickness3 ,for some are  
,long2 as1 ,j j ,q1 and  several others2
 as you may see in the ,drafts of       
,letters3 and these long  ,letters stand
 upon the whole ,heighth of the ,body4  
,the ,ascending and ,descending ,letters
 reach from the ,foot-,line1 up to  the 
,top-,line2 as all the ,capital ,letters
 are ,ascending ,letters1 and  so are   
many of the ,lower-,case ,letters2 as1 b
 d f1 and several others4  ,the         
,descending ,letters are of the same    
,length with the ,ascending  ,letters2  
as1 g p q and several others4 ,these are
 contained between the  ,head-,line and 
the ,bottom-,line4 ,the ,short-,letters 
are contained between  the ,head-,line  
and the ,bottom-line4 ,these are three  

different ,sizes of  ,heighth the       
,punches are made to1 for ,letters of   
the same ,body4 ,but in  proper place ,i
 shall handle this ,subject more large  
and distinctly4    ,and as there is     
three ,heighths or ,sizes to be         
considered in ,letters  ,cut to the same
 ,body1 so is there three ,sizes to be  
considered1 with  respect to the        
,thicknesses of all these ,letters1 when
 the ,punches are  to be ,forged3 ,for  
some are m thick2 by m thick is meant m 
,quadrat  thick1 which is just so thick 
as the ,body is high3 ,some are n thick2
  that is to say1 n ,quadrat thick1 viz4
 half so thick as the ,body  is high3   
,and some are ,space thick2 that is1 one
 quarter so thick as  the ,body is high2
 though ,spaces are seldom ,cast so     
thick1 as shall be  shewed when we come 
to ,casting3 and therefore1 for         
distinction sake1  we shall call these  
,spaces1 ,thick ,spaces4    ,the first  
three ,sizes fit exactly in ,heighth to 
all the ,letters of the  same ,body2 but

 the last three ,sizes fit not exactly  
in ,thickness to  the ,letters of the   
same ,body2 for that some few among the 
,capitals are  more than m thick1 some  
less than m thick1 and more than n      
thick2 and  some less than n thick1 and 
more than ,space thick2 yet for ,forging
  the ,punches1 these three ,sizes are  
only in general ,considered1 with       
,exception had to   ,q1 and most of the 
,swash-,letters2 which being  too thick 
to stand on an m1 must be ,forged       
thicker1 according to the  ,workman's   
,reason4    ,after the ,workman has     
accounted the exact number of ,letters  
he is to  ,cut for one ,set1 he         
considers what number he shall use of   
each of these  several ,sizes in the    
,roman1 and of each of these several    
,sizes in the  ,italick2 7for the       
,punches of ,romans and ,italicks1 if   
the ,body  is large1 are not to be      
,forged to the same shape1 as shall be  
shewed by  and by7 and makes of a piece 
of ,wood one ,pattern of the several    

,sizes  that he must have each number   
,forged to4 ,upon every one of these    
,wooden  ,patterns ,i use to write with 
a ,pen and ,ink the number of ,punches  
to be ,forged of that ,size1 lest       
afterwards ,i might be troubled with    
,recollections4    ,i say 7for ,example7
 ,he considers how many ,long-,letters  
are m thick1  how many ,long-,letters   
are n thick1 and how many ,long-,letters
 are ,space  thick1 in the ,roman2 and  
also considers which of these must be   
,counter-punch'd1 and which not3 ,for   
7as was said before7 those ,letters     
that are to be ,counter-punch'd are to  
have about twice the ,heighth  and twice
 the ,thickness of the ,face of the     
,counter-,punch1 for the  ,reason       
aforesaid4 ,but the ,letters not to be  
,counter-punch'd need no  more          
,substance but what will just contain   
the ,face of the ,letter2 and  makes of 
these three ,sizes three ,wooden        
,patterns1 of the exact ,length1        
,heighth and ,thickness that the ,steel 

,punches are to be ,forged to4    ,he   
also counts how many are ,ascendents and
 ,descendents1 m thick1  n thick1 and   
,space thick2 still considering how many
 of them are to be  ,counter-punch'd1   
and how many not2 and makes ,wooden     
,patterns for them4    ,the like he does
 for short-letters2 and makes ,wooden   
,patterns for them1  for ,steel ,punches
 to be ,forged by4    ,and as he has    
made his ,patterns for the ,roman1 so he
 makes ,patterns  for the ,italick      
,letters also2 for the same shap'd      
,punches will not  serve for ,italick1  
unless he should create a great deal    
more ,work to  himself than he need do3 
,for ,italick ,punches are not all to be
 ,forged  with their sides square to one
 another1 as the ,romans are2 but only  
the highest and lowest sides must stand 
in ,line with the highest and  lowest   
sides of the ,roman2 but the ,right and 
,left-,hand sides stand  not parallel to
 the ,stems of the ,roman1 but must make
 an ,angle of #bj  ,degrees with the    

,roman ,stems3 so that the ,figure of   
the ,face of the  ,punch will become a  
,rhomboides1 as it is called by         
,geometricians1  and the ,figure of this
 ,face is the ,slope that the ,italick  
,letters  have from the ,roman1 as in   
proper place shall be further shewed4   
,now1 should the ,punches for these     
,letters be ,forged with each side      
square to one another1 the              
,letter-,cutter would be forced to spend
 a  great deal of ,time1 and take great 
pains to ,file away the superfluous     
,steel about the ,face of the ,letter   
when he comes to the ,finishing of  it1 
especially in great ,bodied ,letters4   
,yet are not all the ,italick  ,letters 
to be ,forged on the ,slope2 for the    
,punches of some of them1  as the m n1  
and many others1 may have all1 or1 at   
least1 three of  their sides1 square to 
one another1 though their ,stems have   
the common  ,slope1 because the ends of 
their ,beaks and ,tails lie in the same1
  perpendicular with the ,outer ,points 

of the ,bottom and ,top of their        
,stems1 as is shewed in the ,drafts of  
,letters4    ,though ,i have treated    
thus much on the ,forging of ,punches1  
yet must  all what ,i have said be      
understood only for great ,bodied       
,punches2  viz4 from the ,great-,primer1
 and upwards4 ,but for smaller ,bodies2 
as ,english1 and downwards1 the         
,letter-,cutter generally1 both for     
,romans and ,italicks1 gets so many     
square ,rods of ,steel1 ,forged out  of 
about two or three ,foot in ,length1 as 
may serve his purpose2 which  ,rods he  
elects as near his ,body and ,sizes as  
his ,judgment will serve  him to do2 and
 with the edge of a ,half-round ,file1  
or a ,cold-,chissel1  cuts them into so 
many ,lengths as he wants ,punches4     
,nay1 many of  these ,rods may serve for
 some of the small ,letters in some of  
the  greater ,bodies2 and also1 for many
 of their ,counter-,punches4    ,having 
thus prepared your ,punches1 you must   
,neal them1 as ,i shewed in  ,numb4 #c4 

,vol4 ,i4      4 #b4 ,of                
,counter-,punches4    ,the              
,counter-,punches for great ,letters are
 to be ,forged as the  ,letter-,punches2
 but for the smaller ,letters1 they may 
be cut out of  ,rods of ,steel1 as      
aforesaid4 ,they must also be well      
,neal'd1 as the  ,punches4 ,then must   
one of the ends be ,filed away on the   
outside the  ,shank1 to the exact shape 
of the inside of the ,letter you intend 
to  ,cut4 ,for ,example1 ,if it be ,a   
you would ,cut2 ,this ,counter-,punch is
  easie to make1 because it is a        
,triangle2 and by measuring the ,inside 
of the ,angle of ,a in the ,draft of    
,letters1 as you were taught1 4  #ab4 4 
#f4 you may make on your ,standing      
,gage-,plate a ,gage for that  ,angle3  
,so that1 let the ,letter to be ,cut be 
of what ,body you will1 from  the least1
 to the biggest ,body1 you have a       
,standing ,gage for this                
,counter-,punch1 so oft as you may have 
occasion to ,cut ,a4    ,the            

,counter-,punch of ,a ought to be       
,forged ,triangularly1 especially       
towards the ,punching ,end1 and ,tryed  
by the ,a ,gage1 as you were  taught to 
use the ,square1 ,numb4 #c4 ,vol4 ,i4   
,yet1 for this and other  ,triangular   
,punches1 ,i commonly reserve my        
worn-out three square  ,files1 and make 
my ,counter-,punch of a piece of one of 
them that best  fits the ,body ,i am to 
,cut4    ,having by your ,a-,gage fitted
 the ,top-,angle and the ,sides of this 
,counter-,punch1 you must adjust its    
,heighth by one of the three            
,face-,gages mentioned in 4 #ab4 4 #e4  
viz4 by the ,ascending  ,face-,gage2 for
 ,a is an ,ascending ,letter4 ,by       
,adjusting1 ,i do not  mean1 you must   
make the ,counter-,punch so high1 as the
 ,depth of the  ,ascending ,face-,gage2 
because in this ,letter here is to be   
considered  the ,top and the ,footing1  
which strictly1 as by the large ,draft  
of ,a1  make both together five sixth   
,parts of a thin ,space3 ,therefore five

  sixth ,parts must be abated in the    
,heighth of your ,counter-,punch1 and   
it must be but four thin ,spaces1 and   
one sixth part of a thin ,space  high1  
because the ,top above the              
,counter-,punch1 and the ,footing below1
  makes five sixth ,parts of a thin     
,space1 as aforesaid4    ,therefore1 to 
measure off the ,width of four thin     
,spaces and one sixth  ,part of a thin  
,space1 lay three thin ,spaces1 or1     
which is better1 the  ,letter e1 which  
is three thin ,spaces1 as aforesaid2 and
 4 which is one  thin ,space and one    
sixth part of a thin ,space1 upon one   
another2 for  they make together1 four  
thin ,spaces1 and one sixth part of a   
thin  ,space2 and the thickness of these
 two ,measures shall be the ,heighth of 
the ,counter-,punch1 between the        
,footing and the ,inner ,angle of ,a4   
,and thus1 by this ,example1 you may    
couple with proper ,measures either  the
 whole forty-two1 which is the whole    
,body1 or any number of its  ,parts1 as 

,i told you before4    ,this ,measure of
 four thin ,spaces and one sixth part of
 a thin ,space  is not a ,measure1      
perhaps1 used more in the whole ,set of 
,letters to  be ,cut to the present     
,body1 therefore you need not make a    
,standing  ,gage for it2 yet a present  
,gage you must have3 ,therefore use the 
,sliding-,gage 7described in 4 #ab4 4   
#d4 and ,plate #aj4 at ,b47 and  move   
the ,socket c c on the ,beam a a1 till  
the ,edge of the ,sholder  of the       
,square of the ,socket at the under-side
 of the ,beam stands just  the ,width of
 four thin ,spaces and one sixth part of
 a thin ,space1 from  the ,point of the 
,tooth b2 which you may do by applying  
the ,measure  aforesaid just to the     
,square and ,point of the ,tooth2 for   
then if you  ,screw down the ,screw in  
the upper-side of the ,sliding ,socket1 
it will  fasten the ,square at that     
distance from the ,point of the ,tooth4 
,and  by again applying the side of the 
,square to the ,foot of the ,face of    

the ,counter-,punch1 you may with the   
,tooth describe a small race1  which    
will be the exact ,heighth of the       
,counter-,punch for ,a4 ,but ,a  hath a 
,fine stroak within it1 reaching from   
,side to ,side1 which by the  large     
,draft of ,a1 you may find that the     
middle of this cross stroak  is two     
,thin ,spaces above the bottom of this  
,counter-,punch2 and with  your common  
,sliding-,gage measure that distance as 
before1 and set off  that distance also 
on the ,face of your ,counter-,punch4   
,then with the  edge of a ,fine         
,knife-,file1 ,file straight down in    
that race1 about the  depth of a ,thin  
,space1 or somewhat more2 ,so shall the 
,counter-,punch  for ,a be finisht4 ,but
 you may if you will1 take off the      
,edges or  ,sholder round about the     
,face of the ,counter-,punch1 almost so 
deep  as you intend to strike it into   
the ,punch3 for then the ,face of the   
,counter-,punch being ,filed more to a  
,point1 will easier enter the  ,punch   

than the broad ,flat-,face4    ,but     
note1 ,that if it be a very ,small      
,bodied ,a you would make1 the  ,edge of
 a ,thin ,knife-,file may make too wide 
a ,groove3 ,in this case  you must take 
a peece of a well-,temper'd broken      
,knife1 and strike its  ,edge into the  
,face of the ,counter-,punch1 as        
aforesaid4      4 #c4 ,of ,sinking the  
,counter-,punches4    ,having thus      
finisht his ,counter-,punch1 he ,hardens
 and ,tempers it1 as  was taught ,numb4 
#c4 fol4 #eg1 #eh4 ,vol4 ,i4 ,and having
 also ,filed  the ,face of his ,punch he
 intends to cut his ,a upon1 pretty     
,flat by  guess1 he ,screws the ,punch  
upright1 and hard into the ,vice3 ,and  
setting  the ,face of his               
,counter-,punch as exactly as he can1 on
 the middle of  the ,face of his ,punch1
 he1 with an ,hammer suitable to the    
,size of his  ,counter-,punch1 strikes  
upon the end of the ,counter-,punch till
 he  have driven the ,face of it about  
two ,thin ,spaces deep into the ,face of

  the ,punch4 ,so shall the             
,counter-,punch have done its ,office4  
,but if the ,letter to be               
,counter-,puncht be large1 as           
,great-,primmer1  or upwards1 ,i take a 
good high ,blood-red ,heat of it1 and   
,screw it  quickly into the ,vice2 ,and 
having my ,counter-,punch ,hard1 not    
,temper'd1 because the ,heat of the     
,punch softens it too fast3 ,and also   
having before-hand the ,counter-,punch  
,screwed into the ,hand-,vice  with its 
,shank along the ,chaps1 ,i place the   
,face of the ,counter-,punch  as before1
 on the middle of the ,face of the      
,punch1 and with an ,hammer  drive it   
in1 as before4    ,taking the ,punch out
 of the ,vice1 he goes about to ,flat   
and ,smoothen  the ,face in earnest2 for
 it had been to no purpose to ,flat and 
,smoothen  it exactly before1 because   
the ,sinking of the ,counter-,punch into
 it1  would have put it out of ,flat    
again4    ,but before he ,flats and     
,smoothens the ,face of the ,punch1 ,he 

,files by  guess the superfluous ,steel 
away about the ,face of the ,letter1    
viz4  so much1 or near so much1 as is   
not to be used when he comes to finish  
up the ,letter1 as in this present      
,letter ,a1 which standing upon a       
,square ,face on the ,punch1 meets in an
 ,angle at the ,top of the ,letter4     
,therefore the ,sides of that ,square   
must be ,filed away to an ,angle at  the
 ,top of the ,face of the ,punch4 ,but  
great care must be taken1 that  he      
,files not more away than he should3    
,for he considers that the left  hand   
,stroak of ,a is a ,fat ,stroak1 and    
that both the left-hand and  the        
right-hand ,stroak too1 have ,footings1 
which he is careful to leave  ,steel    
enough in their proper places for4      
,the reason why these are now ,fil'd    
thus away1 and not after the ,letter  is
 finisht1 is1 ,because in the ,flatting 
the ,face there is now a less  ,body of 
,steel to ,file away1 than if the whole 
,face of the ,punch had  remain'd       

intire3 ,for though the following ways  
are quick ways to  ,flatten the ,face1  
yet considering how tenderly you go to  
,work1 and with  what ,smooth ,files    
this ,work must be done1 the riddance   
made will be far  less when a broad     
,face of ,steel is to be ,flatned1 than 
when only so  much1 or very little more 
than the ,face of the ,letter only is to
 be  ,flatned4    ,to ,flat and         
,smoothen the ,face of the ,punch1 he   
uses the ,flat-,gage1  7described 4 #ab4
 4 #c4 and ,plate #aj4 at ,a47 thus1 ,he
 fits one  convex corner of the ,shank  
of the ,punch1 into the ,concave corner 
of  the ,flat-,gage1 and so applies his 
,flat-,gage-,punch and all to the  ,face
 of the ,using-,file1 and lets the      
,counter-,puncht end1 viz4  the ,face of
 the ,punch ,sink down to the ,face of  
the ,using-,file3 ,and  then keeping the
 convex ,corner of the ,shank of the    
,punch close and  steddy against the    
,concave corner of the ,flat-,gage1 and 
pressing  with one of his ,fingers upon 

the then upper end of the ,punch1 viz4  
the ,hammer-end1 he also at the same    
time1 presses the lower end of  the     
,punch1 viz4 ,the ,face against the     
,using-,file1 and thrusts the           
,flat-,gage and ,punch in it so oft     
forwards1 till the extuberant  ,steel on
 the ,face1 be ,rub'd or ,fil'd away3   
which he knows partly by the  alteration
 of colour and ,fine ,furrows made by   
the ,using-,file on the  ,face of the   
,punch1 and partly by the falling away  
of the parts of the  ,face that are not 
yet toucht by the ,using-,file3 ,so that
 it may be  said to be truly ,flat3     
which he knows1 when the whole ,face of 
the ,punch  touches upon the ,flat of   
the ,using-,file1 or at least1 so much  
of the  ,face as is required in the     
,letter3 ,for all                       
,counter-,puncht-,letters1 as           
aforesaid1 must have a greater ,face of 
,steel than what the bare ,letter       
requires3 for the reason aforesaid4     
,another way ,i use is thus4 ,after ,i  

have ,fil'd the ,face as true as ,i can 
by guess1 with a ,rough-,cut-,file1 ,i  
put the ,punch into an ,hand-,vice1     
whose ,chaps are exactly ,flat1 and     
straight on the upper ,face1 and sink   
the ,shank of the ,punch so low down in 
the ,chaps of the ,hand-,vice1 that  the
 low side of the ,face of the ,punch may
 lye in the same ,plain with  the       
,chaps2 which ,i try with the ,liner4   
,for the ,liner will then shew if  any  
of the ,sides stand higher than the     
,plain of the ,chaps3 ,then ,i ,screw   
the ,punch hard up1 and ,file off the   
rising side of the ,punch1 which  brings
 the ,face to an exact ,level3 ,for the 
,face of the ,chaps being ,hard  ,steel1
 a ,file cannot touch them1 but only    
take off the aforesaid ,rising  parts of
 the ,face of the ,punch1 till the      
,smooth-,file has wrought it  all over  
exactly into the same ,plain with the   
,face of the ,chaps of the  ,hand-,vice4
    ,some ,letter-,cutters work them    
,flat by ,hand1 which is not only       

difficult1 but tedious1 and at the best1
 but done by guess4    ,the             
inconvenience that this ,tool is subject
 to1 is1 ,that with much  using its     
,face will work out of ,flat4 ,therefore
 it becomes the ,workman  to examine it 
often1 and when he finds it faulty to   
mend it4    ,when they ,file it ,flat by
 ,hand1 they ,screw the ,shank of the   
,punch  perpendicularly upright into the
 ,chaps of the ,vice1 and with a        
,flat-,bastard-,cut-,file1 of about     
,four ,inches long1 or if the ,punch  be
 large1 the ,file larger1 according to  
discretion1 and ,file upon the  ,face1  
as was shewn ,numb4 ,i4 fol4 #ae1 #af4  
,then they take it out  of the ,vice    
again1 and holding up the ,face         
,horizontally between the  ,sight and   
the ,light1 examine by nice observing   
whether none of its  ,angles or ,sides  
are too high or too low4 ,and then      
,screwing it in the  ,vice again1 as    
before1 with a ,smooth-,cut-,file1 he at
 once both ,files  down the ,higher     

,sides or ,angles1 and ,smoothens the   
,face of the ,punch4  ,but yet is not   
this ,face so perfectly ,flatned1 but   
that perhaps the  middle of it rises    
more or less1 above the ,sides3 ,and    
then he ,screws  it in his ,hand-,vice1 
and leans the ,shank of the ,punch      
against the  ,tach1 pretty near upright1
 and so as he may best command it1 and  
with  a ,watch-,makers                  
,half-,round-,sharp-,cut-,file1 ,files  
upon it with the  ,flat-,side of his    
,file2 ,but so that he scarce makes his 
forward and  backward ,stroaks longer   
than the breadth of the ,face of his    
,punch1 lest  in a long ,stroak1 the    
hither or farther end of his ,file      
should ,mount or  ,dip1 and therefore   
keeps his ,file1 with the ,ball of his  
,finger upon  it1 close to the ,face of 
the ,punch4 ,then with the ,liner he    
examines how  ,flat the ,face of the    
,punch is1 and if it be not yet ,flat1  
as perhaps  it will not be in several   
,trials1 he again reiterates the last   

process  with the                       
,small-,half-,round-,file1 till it be   
,flat4 ,but he often ,files  cross the  
,furrows of the ,file1 as well because  
it makes more riddance1  as because he  
may better discern how the ,file bears  
on the ,face of the  ,punch4    ,when it
 is ,flat1 he takes a ,small well-worn  
,half-,round-,file1 and  working 7as    
before7 with the ,sharp-,cut-,file1 he  
,smoothens the ,face of  the ,punch4    
,having thus ,flatted the ,face of the  
,punch1 and brought the ,letter to  some
 appearance of ,form1 ,he ,screws the   
,punch in the ,hand-,vice1 but  not with
 the ,shank perpendicular to the ,chaps1
 but so as the ,side  he intends to     
,file upon may stand upwards and aslope 
too1 and make  an ,angle with the ,chaps
 of the ,hand-,vice4 ,and holding the   
,hand-,vice  steddy in his left hand1 he
 rests the ,shank of the ,punch pretty  
near  its ,face upon the ,tach3 and then
 with a small ,flat-,file1 called a     
,pillar-,file1 in his right hand1       

holding the ,smooth ,thin ,side of it   
towards the ,footing of the ,stem1 he   
,files that ,stem pretty near its due   
,fatness1 and so by several reiterated  
proffers1 lest he should ,file too  much
 of the ,stem away1 he brings that ,stem
 at last to its true ,fatness4  ,then he
 measures with the ,ascending           
,face-,gage1 the ,heighth of the        
,letter3 ,for though the ,counter-,punch
 was imagin'd 7as aforesaid7  to be made
 to an exact ,heighth for the inside of 
the ,letter2 yet with  deeper or        
shallower ,sinking it into the ,punch1  
the inside oft proves  higher or lower3 
,because1 as aforesaid1 the ,superficies
 of the ,face  of the ,counter-,punch is
 less than the true measure4 ,but as it 
runs  ,sholdering into the ,shank of the
 ,counter-,punch the ,figure or ,form of
  the inside becomes bigger than the    
inside of the ,letter ought to be4      
,therefore the deeper this ,sholdering  
,shank is sunk into the ,face of  the   
,punch1 the higher and broader will the 

,form of the inside of the  ,letter be1 
and the shallower it is ,sunk in1 the   
,shorter and ,narrower by  the ,rule of 
,contraries4    ,he measures1 as ,i     
said1 with the ,assending ,face-,gage1  
and by it finds  in what good ,size the 
,letter is4 ,if it be too high1 as most 
commonly  it is1 because the ,footing   
and ,top are yet left ,fat1 then with   
several  proffers he ,files away the    
,footing and ,top1 bringing the ,heighth
 nearer  and nearer still1 considering  
in his ,judgment whether it be properest
  to ,file away on the ,top or ,footing1
 till at last he fits the ,heighth of   
the ,letter by the ,assending           
,face-,gage4    ,but though he have     
fitted the ,heighth of the ,letter1 yet 
if the  ,counter-,punch were made a     
little too little1 or ,sunk a little too
  shallow1 not only the ,footing will   
prove too ,fat1 but the ,triangle  above
 the ,cross-stroke of ,a will be too    
small2 or if too big1 the  ,footing and 
part of the ,top will be ,filed away1   

when it is brought to  a due ,heighth1  
and then the ,letter is ,spoil'd1 unless
 it be so deep  ,sunk1 that by working  
away the ,face1 as aforesaid1 he can    
regain the  ,footing and ,top through   
the ,slope-sholdering of the            
,counter-,punch1  and also keep the     
inside of the ,letter deep enough4      
,but if the ,footing be too ,fat or the 
,triangle of the ,top too little  in the
 ,inside1 he uses the ,knife-backt      
,sculpter1 and with one of the  edges or
 both1 that proceeds from the ,belly    
towards the ,point of the  ,sculpter    
7which edges we will for distinction    
sake call ,angular  edges7 he by degrees
 and with several proffers ,cuts away   
the ,inside  of the ,footing1 or opens  
the ,triangle at the ,top or both1 till 
he hath  made the ,footing lean enough1 
and the ,triangle big enough4    ,but if
 he works on the ,triangle of the ,top1 
he is careful not to ,cut  into the     
,straight of the ,inside lines of the   
,stems1 but to keep the  ,insides of    

that ,triangle in a perfect straight    
line with the other part  of the ,inside
 of the ,stem4    ,the small arch of a  
,circle on the ,top of ,a is ,fil'd away
 with a  ,sizable ,round-,file4 ,and so 
for all other ,letters that have        
,hollows  on their ,outsides2 he fits   
himself with a small ,file of that shape
  and ,size that will fit the ,hollow   
that he is to work upon3 ,for thus  the 
,tails of ,swash-,letters in ,italick   
,capitals are ,fil'd with half  ,round  
,files ,sizable to the ,hollows of them4
 ,but ,i instead of ,round  or          
,half-,round ,files1 in this ,case1     
bespeak ,pillar ,files of several       
,thicknesses1 and cause the ,file-maker 
to ,round and ,hatch the ,edges3  which 
renders the ,file strong and able to    
endure hard leaning on1  without        
,breaking1 which ,round or ,half-,round 
,files will not ,bear4    ,i need give  
no more ,examples of ,letters that are  
to be ,counter-punched3  ,and for       
,letters that need neither              

,counter-punching or ,graving1 they are 
made as the ,out-sides of ,a1 with      
,files proper to the shapes of their    
,stroaks4      4 #d4 ,of ,graving and   
,sculping the ,insides of ,steel        
,letters4    ,the ,letter-,cutter elects
 a ,steel ,punch or ,rod1 a small matter
  bigger than the ,size of the ,letter  
he is to ,cut2 because the ,topping or  
,footing ,stroaks will be stronger when 
they are a little ,bevell'd from  the   
,face4 ,the ,face of these ,letters not 
being to be ,counter-punched are  first 
,flatned and ,smoothed1 as was shewed1 4
 #c4 ,then with the proper  ,gage1 viz4 
the ,long1 the ,ascending1 or else the  
,short ,face-,gage1  according as the   
,letter is that he intends to ,cut1 ,he 
measures off the  exact ,heighth of the 
,letter1 ,thus2 ,he first ,files one of 
the ,sides of  the ,face of the ,punch  
7viz4 that ,side he intends to make the 
,foot  of his ,letter7 exactly straight2
 which to do1 he screws his ,punch      
pretty near the bottom end1 with its    

intended ,foot-side uppermost1  aslope  
into one end of the ,chaps of his       
,hand-,vice4 ,so that the ,shank  of the
 ,punch lies over the ,chaps of the     
,hand-,vice1 and makes an  ,angle of    
about #de ,degrees with the ,superficies
 of the ,chaps of it3  ,then he lays the
 under-side of the ,shank of his ,punch 
aslope upon  his ,tache1 in one of the  
,notches of it1 that will best fit the  
size  of his ,punch1 to keep it steady2 
and so ,files the ,foot-,line of the    
,punch4    ,but he ,files not athwart   
the sides of his ,punch2 for that might 
make  the ,foot-,line ,roundish1 by a   
,mounting and ,dipping the ,hand is     
prone  to2 as ,i shewed1 ,vol4 ,i4 ,fol4
 #ae1 #af4 ,but he holds his ,file so as
  the ,length of it may hang over the   
,length of the ,shank of the ,punch1    
and dip upon it at the ,face of the     
,punch1 with a ,bevel1 or ,angle1  of   
about #ajj ,degrees with the ,face of   
the ,punch4 ,this ,angle you may        
measure with the ,beard-,gage1 described

 in ,plate #aj4 ,fig4 ,c4 at  k4 ,then  
,filing with the ,file in this          
,position1 the ,foot-,line will be  made
 a true straight ,line4 ,but yet he     
examines it too by applying the  ,liner 
to it2 and holding the ,punch and ,liner
 thus to the ,light2  ,if the ,liner    
touches all the way on the ,foot-,line1 
he concludes it  true2 if not1 he mends 
it till it do4    ,then he uses his     
proper ,steel-,gage1 and places the     
,sholder of it  against the ,shank of   
the ,punch at the ,foot-,line2 and      
pressing the  ,sholder of the           
,steel-,gage close against the          
,foot-,line1 he1 with the  ,tooth of the
 ,gage makes a ,mark or ,race on the    
side of the ,face1  opposite to the     
,foot-line3 ,and that ,mark or ,race    
shall be from the  ,foot-,line1 the     
,bounds of the ,heighth of that ,letter4
    ,then on the ,face he draws or marks
 the exact shape of the ,letter1 with  a
 ,pen and ,ink if the ,letter be large1 
or with a smooth blunted ,point  of a   

,needle if it be small3 ,then with      
sizable and proper shaped and  ,pointed 
,sculptors and ,gravers1 digs or ,sculps
 out the ,steel between the  ,stroaks or
 ,marks he made on the ,face of the     
,punch1 and leaves the  ,marks standing 
on the ,face4    ,if the ,letter be     
great he is thus to ,sculp out1 he then1
 with a ,graver1  ,cuts along the       
,insides of the drawn or marked         
,stroaks1 round about all  the ,hollow  
he is ,cutting-in4 ,and having ,cut     
about all the sides of  that ,hollow1 he
 ,cuts other straight ,lines within that
 ,hollow1 close  to one another 7either 
parallel or aslope1 it matters not7 till
 he  have filled the ,hollow with       
straight ,lines2 and then again1 ,cuts  
in  the same ,hollow1 athwart those     
straight ,lines1 till he fill the       
,hollow  with ,thwart ,lines also4      
,which straight ,lines1 and the         
,cuttings athwart  them1 is only to     
break the ,body of ,steel that lies on  
the ,face of the  ,punch where the      

,hollow must be2 that so the            
,round-,back'd ,sculptor may  the easier
 ,cut through the ,body of the ,steel1  
in the ,hollow1 on the  ,face of the    
,punch2 even as ,i told you1 ,numb4 #d4 
,vol4 ,i4 4 #b4 the  ,fore-,plain makes 
way for the ,fine ,plains4    ,the      
,letter-,cutter does not expect to      
perform this ,digging or ,sculping  at  
one single ,operation2 but1 having      
brought the ,inside of his ,letter  as  
near as he can at the first ,operation1 
he1 with the flat side of a  ,well-worn1
 ,small1 ,fine-,cut1 ,half-round ,file1 
,files off the ,bur that his  ,sculptors
 or ,gravers made on the ,face of the   
,letter1 that he may the  better and    
nicelier discern how well he has begun4 
,then he again falls  to work with his  
,sculptors and ,gravers1 mending1 as    
well as he can1 the  faults he finds2   
and again ,files off the ,bur as before1
 and mends so  oft1 till the ,inside of 
his ,letter pleases him pretty well4    
,but before  every ,mending he ,files   

off the ,bur1 which else1 as aforesaid1 
would  obscure and hide the true shape  
of his ,stroaks4    ,having well shaped 
the ,inside ,stroaks of his ,letter1 he 
deepens the  ,hollows that he made1 as  
well as he can1 with his ,sculptors and 
,gravers3 ,and the deeper he makes these
 ,hollows1 the better the ,letter  will 
prove4 ,for if the ,letters be not deep 
enough1 in proportion to  their ,width1 
they will1 when the ,letter comes to be 
,printed on1 ,print  ,black1 and so that
 ,letter is spoiled4    ,how deep these 
,hollows are to be1 cannot be well      
asserted1 because  their ,widths are so 
different1 both in the same ,letter1 and
 in several  ,letters3 ,therefore he    
deepens them according to his ,judgment 
and  ,reason4 ,for ,example1 ,o must be 
deeper than ,a need be1 because the     
,hollow of ,o is wider than the ,hollow 
of ,a2 ,a having a ,cross ,stroak in    
it2 and the wider the ,hollow is1 the   
more apt will the wet ,paper be to      
press deeper towards the bottom in      

,printing4 ,yet this in ,general for    
the ,depth of ,hollows2 ,you may make   
them1 if you can1 so deep as the        
,counter-,punch is directed to be struck
 into the ,face of the ,punch4  ,see 4  
#c4 of this 4    ,having with his       
,gravers and ,sculptors deepned them so 
much as he thinks  convenient1 he1 with 
a ,steel ,punch1 pretty near fit to the 
shape  and size of the ,hollow1 and     
,flatted on its ,face1 ,flattens down   
the  ,irregularities that the ,gravers  
or ,sculptors made1 by striking with a  
proper ,hammer1 upon the ,hammer-end of 
the ,punch1 with pretty light  blows4   
,but he takes great care1 that this     
,flat-,punch be not at all  too big for 
the ,hollow it is to be struck into1    
lest it force the sides  of the ,stroaks
 of the ,letter out of their shape3 ,and
 therefore also  it is1 that he strikes 
but easily1 though often1 upon the end  
of the  ,flat-,punch4    ,having        
finished the ,inside1 he works the      
,outsides with proper ,files2 as  ,i    

shewed before1 in ,letter ,a2 and       
smoothens and ,pollishes the ,outside   
,stroaks and ,face with proper worn-out 
small ,watch-makers ,files4    ,the     
,inside and ,outside of the ,face thus  
finished1 he considers what  ,sholdering
 the ,shank of the ,punch makes now with
 the ,face1 round  about the ,letter4   
,for1 as the ,shank of the ,letter      
stands farther off  the ,face of any of 
the ,stroaks1 the ,sholdering will be   
the greater  when the ,letter is first  
made2 because the ,outsides of the      
,letter1  being only shaped at first    
with ,fine ,small ,files1 which take but
 little  ,steel off1 they are ,cut      
,obtusely from the ,shank to the ,face1 
and the  ,steel of the ,shank may with  
,rougher ,files afterwards1 be ,cut down
 more  ,tapering to the ,shank4 ,for the
 ,sholder of the ,shank1 as was said    
before  in this 1 must not make an      
,angle with the ,face1 of above #ajj    
,degrees2  because else they would be1  
first1 more difficult to ,sink into     

,copper2  ,and ,secondly1 ,the broad    
,sholders would more or less 7when the  
,letter  is ,cast in such ,matrices7 and
 comes to the ,press1 be subject1 and   
very  likely to be-smear the ,stroaks of
 the ,letter2 especially1 with an ,hard 
,pull1 and too wet ,paper2 which        
squeezes the ,face of the ,letter deep  
into the ,paper1 and so some part of the
 ,broad ,sholdering of the ,letter1     
receiving the ,ink1 and pressing deep   
into the ,paper1 slurs the ,printed     
,paper1 and so makes the whole ,work    
shew very nasty and un-beautiful4       
,for these ,reasons it is1 that the     
,shank of the ,punch1 about the ,face1  
must be ,filed away 7at least1 so much  
as is to be ,sunk into ,copper7  pretty 
close to the ,face of the ,letter2 yet  
not so as to make a ,right  ,angle with 
the ,face of the ,letter1 but an ,obtuse
 ,angle of about #ajj  ,degrees3 ,for1  
should the ,shank be ,filed away to a   
,right ,angle1 viz4 a  ,square with the 
,face1 if any ,footing or ,topping be on

 the ,letter1 these  fine ,stroaks will 
be more subject to break when the ,punch
 is ,sunk  into ,copper1 than when the  
,angle of the ,face and ,shank is       
augmented2  because then those fine     
,stroaks stand upon a stronger          
,foundation4  ,therefore he uses the    
,beard-,gage1 and with that examines    
round about  the ,letter1 and makes the 
,face and ,shank comply with that4      
,yet ,swash-,letters1 especially ,q1    
whose ,swashes come below the           
,foot-,line1 and whose ,length reaches  
under the ,foot-,line of the next       
,letter1 or ,letters in ,composing1     
ought to have the ,upper ,sholder of    
that ,swash ,sculped down straight1 viz4
 to a ,right ,angle1 or ,square  with   
the ,face2 at least1 so much of it as is
 to be ,sunk into ,copper3  ,because the
 ,upper ,sholder of the ,swash would    
else be so broad1  that it would ride   
upon the ,face of the next ,letter4     
,therefore the  ,swash-,letters being   
all ,long-,letters1 the lower end of the

 ,swashes  reach as low as the          
,bottom-,line2 which cannot be ,filed   
,square enough  down from the           
,head-,line1 unless the ,steel the      
,swash stands on1 should  be ,filed from
 end to end1 the length of the whole    
,shank of the ,punch1  which would be   
very tedious2 and besides1 would make   
that part of  the ,shank the ,swash     
stands on so weak1 that it would scarce 
endure  ,striking into the ,copper4     
,therefore1 as ,i said before1 the      
,upper  ,sholder of the ,swash ought to 
be ,sculped down3 ,yet ,i never heard of
 any  ,letter-,cutters that had the     
knack of doing it2 but that they only   
,filed it as straight down as they      
could1 and left the ,letter-,kerner1    
after the ,letter was ,cast1 to ,kern   
away the ,sholdering4 ,yet ,i use a     
very quick way of doing it2 which is    
only by ,resting the ,back of a  ,graver
 at first1 to make way2 and afterwards a
 ,sculptor1 upon the ,shank  of the     
,punch1 at the end of the ,swash1 one   

while2 and another while  on the ,shank1
 at the ,head1 that the ,swash may be   
,sculped down from end  to end3 and     
,sculping so1 ,sculp away great ,flakes 
of the ,steel at once1  till ,i have    
,cut it down deep enough1 and to a      
,right ,angle4    ,then he ,hardens and 
,tempers the ,punch2 as was shewed1     
,numb4 #c4 ,vol4  ,i4 ,fol4 #eg1 #eh4   
,but though the ,punch be ,hardned and  
,temper'd1 yet it is not quite          
finished3 for1 in the ,hardning1 the    
,punch has contracted a ,scurf upon  it2
 which ,scurf must be taken off the     
,face1 and so much of the sides of  the 
,shank as is to be ,sunk into ,copper4  
,some ,letter-,cutters take this  ,scurf
 off with small smooth ,files1 and      
afterwards with fine ,powder of         
,emerick4 ,the ,emerick they use thus4  
,they provide a ,stick of ,wood  about  
two ,handful long1 and about a          
,great-,primer1 or ,double-,pica  thick3
 ,then in an ,oyster-shell1 or any      
sleight ,concave thing1 they powr  a    

little ,sallad-,oyl1 and put ,powder of 
,emerick to it1 till it become  of the  
,consistence of ,batter made for        
,pan-cakes4 ,and stirring this ,oyl  and
 ,emerick together1 spread or smear the 
aforesaid ,stick with the  ,oyl and     
,emerick1 and so rub hard upon the ,face
 of the ,punch1 and  also upon part of  
the ,shank1 till they have taken the    
,scurf clean off4    ,mr4 ,walberger of 
,oxford uses another way4 ,he makes such
 an  ,instrument as is described in     
,plate #aj4 at ,h1 which we will1 for   
distinction sake1 call the              
,joynt-,flat-,gage4 ,this ,instrument   
consists  of two ,cheeks about nine     
,inches long1 as at b1 and are fastned  
together  at one end1 as the ,legs of a 
,carpenter's ,joynt-,rule are in the    
,centre1 as at c1 but with a very strong
 ,joynt2 upon which ,centre1 or  ,joynt1
 the ,legs move wider1 or closer        
together1 as occasion requires4  ,each  
,leg is about an ,inch and a quarter    
broad1 and an ,inch and three  quarters 

deep2 viz4 so deep as the ,shank of the 
,punch is long4  ,at the farther end of 
the ,shank b 7as at d7 is let in an     
,iron ,pin1  with an ,head at the       
farther end1 and a square ,shank1 to    
reach almost  through a square ,hole in 
the ,shank b1 that it twists not about2 
and  at the end of that ,square1 a round
 ,pin1 with a ,male-,screw made on it1  
long enough to reach through the ,shank 
a1 and about two ,inches longer1  as at 
e2 upon which ,male-,screw is fitted a  
,nut with two ,ears1 which  hath a      
,female-,screw in it1 that draws and    
holds the ,legs together1 as  occasion  
requires a bigger or less ,punch to be  
held in a proper ,hole4  ,through each  
of the adjoyning ,insides of the ,legs  
are made1 from the  ,upper to the ,lower
 ,side1 six1 seven1 or eight            
,semi-,circular ,holes 7or  more or     
less1 according to discretion7 exactly  
,perpendicular to the  upper and under  
,sides of each ,leg1 marked a a a a1 b b
 b b4 ,each  of these ,semicircular     

,holes is1 when joyned to its ,match1 on
 the other  ,leg to make a ,circular    
,hole2 and therefore must be made on    
each ,leg1 at  an equal distance from   
the ,centre4 ,these ,holes are not all  
of an equal  ,size1 but different       
,sizes3 ,those towards the ,centre      
smallest1 viz4 so  small1 that the      
,punch for the smallest ,bodied ,letters
 may be pinched  fast in them2 and the  
biggest ,holes big enough to contain1   
pinch and  hold fast the ,punches for   
the great ,bodied ,letters4 ,the upper  
and  under-sides of this                
,joynt-,flat-,gage is ,faced with an    
,iron ,plate1  about the thickness of an
 ,half ,crown1 whose outer ,superficies 
are both  made exactly ,flat and        
,smooth4    ,when he uses it1 he chuses 
an ,hole to fit the ,size of the ,punch2
 and  putting the ,shank of the ,punch  
into that ,hole1 ,sinks it down so low1 
till the ,face of the ,punch1 stands    
just ,level1 or rather1 above the  ,face
 of the ,joynt-,flat-,gage3 ,then with a

 piece of an ,hone1 wet in  ,water1 rubs
 upon the ,face of the ,punch1 till he  
have wrought off the  ,scurf4 ,at last1 
with a ,stick and ,dry ,putty1 ,polishes
 it4    ,i like my own way better than  
either of the former3 ,for1 to take off 
the ,scurf with ,small ,files spoils the
 ,files2 the ,face of the ,punch  being 
,hard1 and the ,scurf yet ,harder3 ,and 
besides1 endangers the  wronging the    
,face of the ,punch4    ,the            
,joynt-,flat-,gage is very troublesome  
to use1 because it is  difficult to fit 
the ,face of the ,punch1 to lie in the  
,plain of the  ,face of the ,gage2      
especially1 if1 in making the ,letter1  
the ,shank be  ,filed ,tapering1 as it  
most times is4 ,for then the ,hammer-end
 of the  ,punch being bigger than the   
,face-end1 it will indeed ,pinch at the 
,hammer-end1 whilst the ,face-end stands
 unsteady to ,work on4 ,but when  the   
,punch is fitted in1 it is no way more  
advantagious for ,use1 than  the ,chaps 
of the ,hand-,vice ,i mentioned in 4 #c4

 of this 4    ,wherefore1 ,i fit the    
,punch into the ,chaps of the           
,hand-,vice1 as ,i  shewed in the       
aforesaid 4 and with a fine smooth      
,whet-stone and ,water1  take the ,scurf
 lightly off the ,face of the ,punch2   
and afterwards1  with a fine smooth     
,hone and ,water1 work down to the bare 
bright ,steel4  ,at last1 drying the    
,punch and ,chaps of the ,hand-,vice    
with a dry  ,rag1 ,i pollish the ,face  
of the ,punch with ,powder of ,dry      
,brick and a  ,stick1 as with ,putty4   
4 #e4 ,some ,rules he considers in using
 the ,gravers1 ,sculptors1 ,small       
,files1 c4    #a4 ,when he is ,graving  
on the ,inside of the ,stroak1 either to
 make it  ,finer or ,smoother1 he takes 
an especial care that he place his      
,graver  or ,sculptor so1 as that       
neither of its ,edges may wrong another 
,stroak  of the ,letter1 if they chance 
7as they often do7 to slip over1 or off 
an extuberant part of the ,stroak he is 
,graving upon4 ,and therefore1 ,i  say1 

he well considers how he is to manage   
the edges of his ,graver4 ,for  there is
 no great danger of the point of his    
,graver after the inside  ,stroaks are  
form'd1 and the ,hollows of the ,letter 
somewhat deepned2  but in the edges     
there is3 ,for the point in working lies
 always below  the ,face of the ,letter1
 and therefore can1 at most1 but slip   
below the  ,face1 against the side of   
the next ,stroak2 but the edges lying   
above  the ,face of the ,letter1 may1 in
 a slip1 touch upon the ,side and ,face 
of  the next ,stroak1 and wrong that    
more or less1 according as the force  of
 the ,slip was greater or smaller4 ,and 
if that ,stroak it jobs against  were   
before wholly finished1 by that job the 
whole ,letter is in danger  to be       
spoiled2 at the best1 it cannot1 without
 ,filing the ,letter lower1  be wrought 
out2 which sometimes is a great part of 
doing the ,letter  anew3 ,for he takes  
special care that neither any dawk1 or  
the least  extuberant bunching out be   

upon the inside of the ,face of the     
,stroak1  but that the inside of the    
,stroak 7whether it be ,fat or ,lean7   
have its  proper ,shape and ,proportion1
 and be purely smooth and clean all the 
way4    ,if on the inside of the ,stroak
 the ,graver or ,sculptor have not run  
straight and smooth on the ,stroak1 but 
that an ,extuberance lies on the  ,side1
 that ,extuberance cannot easily be     
taken off1 by beginning to ,cut  with   
the ,edge of the ,graver or ,sculptor   
just where the ,extuberance  begins3    
,therefore he fixes the ,point of his   
,graver or ,sculptor in the  ,bottom of 
the ,hollow1 just under the ,stroak     
where the ,extuberance is1  and leans   
the ,edge of his ,graver or ,sculptor   
upwards2 so as in forcing  the ,point of
 the ,graver or ,sculptor forwards1 at  
the ,bottom of the  ,hollow1 the ,edge  
of the ,graver or ,sculptor may slide   
tenderly along1  and take along with it 
a very small1 nay1 invisible ,chip of   
the most  ,prominent ,part of the       

,extuberance2 and so1 by this ,process  
reitterated  often1 he1 by small        
,degrees1 ,cuts away the ,extuberant    
part of the  ,stroak4    #b4 ,he is     
careful to keep his ,gravers and        
,sculptors always ,sharp1 by  often     
,sharpning them on the ,oyl-,stone1     
which for that purpose he keeps  ready  
at hand1 standing on the ,bench3 ,for if
 a ,graver or ,sculptor be  not sharp1  
it will neither make riddance1 or ,cut  
smooth2 but instead of  ,cutting off a  
small ,extuberancy1 it will rather stick
 at it1 and dig  into the ,side of the  
,stroak4    #c4 ,he ,files very tenderly
 with the ,small ,files1 especially with
 the  ,knife-,files1 as well because    
they are ,thin and ,hard1 not ,temper'd1
 and  therefore would snap to pieces    
with small violence2 as also1 lest with 
an heavy hand he should take away too   
much at once of that ,stroak he is      
working upon4      4 #ad4 4 #a4 ,some   
,rules to be observed by the            
,letter-,cutter1 in the  ,cutting       

,roman1 ,italick1 and the ,black        
,english ,letter4    #a4 ,the ,stem and 
other ,fat ,stroaks of ,capital ,romans 
is five ,parts of  forty and two 7the   
whole ,body37 ,or1 7which is all one7   
one sixth part  of the ,heighth of an   
,ascending ,letter 7as all ,capitals are
 ,ascendents7  as has been said before4 
,albertus ,drer took his ,measure from  
the  ,heighth of ,capitals1 and assigned
 but one tenth part for the ,stem4      
#b4 ,the ,stem1 and other ,fat ,stroaks 
of ,capitals ,italick1 is four parts  of
 forty and two1 7the ,body47    #c4 ,the
 ,stem1 and other ,fat ,stroaks of      
,lower-,case ,roman1 is three and  an   
half parts of forty and two1 7the       
,body47    #d4 ,the ,stem1 and other    
,fat ,stroaks of ,lower-,case ,italick1 
is three  parts of forty and two1 7the  
,body47    #e4 ,of ,english1 the        
,short-,letters stand between nine parts
 of the  ,bottom-,line1 and nine parts  
from the ,top-,line2 viz4 upon three and
  thirty parts of forty and two1 7the   

,body47    #f4 ,the ,stem of ,english   
,capitals is six parts of forty and two1
 7the  ,body47    #g4 ,the ,stem of     
,english ,lower-,case ,letters is four  
parts of forty and  two1 7the ,body47   
4 #b4 ,of ,terms relating to the ,face  
of ,letters1 and their ,explanation4    
,the ,parts of a ,punch are already     
described in 4 #ac4 4 #a4 of this       
,volumne2 and so is the ,body3 ,but the 
several ,terms that relate to the  ,face
 of ,letters are not yet defined4 ,now  
therefore you must note1 that  the ,body
 of a ,letter hath four principal ,lines
 passing through it 7or  at least       
imagined to pass through it7 at ,right  
,angles to the ,body2  viz4 ,the        
,top-,line1 ,the ,head-,line1 ,the      
,foot-,line1 and ,the ,bottom-,line4    
,between two of these ,lines is         
contained the ,heighth of all ,letters4 
,these are called ,lines1 because the   
,tops1 the ,heads1 the ,feet and the    
,bottoms of all ,letters 7when          
,complicated by the ,compositor7 stand  

ranging in these imagin'd ,lines1       
according as the ,heighth and ,depth of 
each respective ,letter properly        
requires4    ,the ,long-,letters are 7as
 ,i told you in 4 #ac4 4 #a4 of this    
,volumne7  contained between the ,top   
and ,bottom-,lines1 ,the ,ascending     
,letters are  contained between the ,top
 and ,foot-,lines1 ,the ,descending     
,letters are  contained between the     
,head and ,bottom-,lines1 and ,the      
,short-,letters are  contained between  
the ,head and ,foot-,lines4    ,through 
what ,parts of the ,body all these      
,lines pass1 you may see by the  ,drafts
 of ,letters1 and the following         
,descriptions4    ,what the             
,long-,letters1 ,ascending ,letters1 and
 ,short-,letters are1  ,i shewed in the 
afore-cited 4 ,therefore ,i shall now   
proceed to  particular ,terms relating  
to the ,face4 ,as1    #a4 ,the ,topping1
 is the straight fine ,stroak or        
,stroaks that lie in the  ,top-,line of 
,ascending ,letters3 ,in ,roman ,letters

 they pass at ,right  ,angles through   
the ,stems2 but in ,italicks1 at        
,oblique ,angles to the  ,stems2 as you 
may see in the ,drafts of ,letters1 ,b1 
,b1 ,h1 ,h1 ,i1 ,i1  c4    #b4 ,the     
,footing1 is the straight fine ,stroak  
or ,stroaks that lie in the  ,foot-,line
 of ,letters1 either ,ascending or      
,descending4 ,in ,romans they  pass at  
,right ,angles through the ,stem1 but in
 ,italicks1 at ,oblique  ,angles2 as you
 may see in ,b1 ,b1 ,h1 ,h1 ,i1 ,i1 c4  
#c4 ,the ,bottom-,footing1 is the       
straight fine ,stroaks that lie in the  
,bottom-,line of ,descending ,letters4  
,in ,romans they pass at ,right  ,angles
 through the ,stem2 but in ,italicks at 
,oblique ,angles2 as you  may see p1 p1 
q1 q4    #d4 ,the ,stem is the straight 
,fat ,stroak of the ,letter3 as in ,b1  
,b1 the  straight ,stroak on the        
,left-,hand is the ,stem2 and ,i1 ,i1 is
 all ,stem1  except the ,footing and    
,topping4    #e4 ,fat ,stroaks4 ,the    
,stem or broad ,stroak in a ,letter is  

called ,fat2 as  the ,right ,hand       
,stroak in ,a1 and part of the great    
,arch in ,b1 are ,fat  ,stroaks4    #f4 
,lean ,stroaks1 are the narrow fine     
,stroaks in a ,letter2 as the ,left     
,hand ,stroak of ,a1 and the ,right     
,hand ,stroak of ,v are ,lean4    #g4   
,beak of ,letters1 is the fine ,stroak  
or ,touch that stands on the ,left      
,hand of the ,stem1 either in the       
,top-,line1 as b d h1 c4 or in the      
,head-,line1 as i1 m1 n1 c4 ,yet f1 g1  
s1 f1 g1 s have ,beaks  on the ,right   
,hand of the ,stem4    #h4 ,tails of    
,letters1 is a ,stroak proceeding from  
the ,right-,hand ,side of  the ,stem1 in
 the ,foot-,line2 as a d t u3 and most  
,italick ,lower-,case  ,letters have    
,tails3 ,as also have most              
,swash-,letters4 ,but several of  their 
,tails reach down to the ,bottom-,line4 
#i4 ,swash-,letters are ,italick        
,capitals2 as you see in ,plate #ae4    
,thus much of ,letter-,cutting4 ,the    
next ,exercises shall 7,god willing7  be

 upon ,making ,matrices1 ,making ,molds1
 ,casting and ,dressing of  ,letters1 c4
      ,,finis4          ,,advertisement4
      ,n,umb4 #d4 of the ,second        
,volumne of ,collections of ,letters for
  ,improvement of ,husbandry and ,trade1
 is now extant2 being ,enquiries        
relating to ,husbandry and ,trade3 drawn
 up by the ,learned ,robert ,plot1  ,l4 
,l4 ,d4 ,keeper of the ,ashmolean       
,musum1 and ,professor of ,chymistry  in
 the ,university of ,oxford1 and        
,secretary of the ,royal ,society  of   
,london4 ,an ,account of the manner of  
making ,brunswick-,mum4 ,an  ,account of
 a great ,improvement of ,mossy ,land by
 ,burning and ,liming2  from ,mr4 ,adam 
,martindale of ,cheshire4           99  
99       99       99       99    ,to be 
had at the ,angel in ,cornhil1 and      
several other ,booksellers4             
,illustration3 ,plate #aa4              
,illustration3 ,plate #ab4              
,illustration3 ,plate #ac4              
,illustration3 ,plate #ad4              

,illustration3 ,plate #ae4              
,illustration3 ,plate #af4              
,illustration3 ,plate #ag4              
,,mechanick ,,exercises3                
,or1 the ,doctrine of                   
,handy-works4                           
,applied to the ,,art of                
,mold-,making1 ,sinking the ,matrices1  
,casting and ,dressing of               
,printing-,letters4      4 #ae4 4 #a4   
,of making the ,mold4    ,t,he          
,steel-,punches being thus finish'd1 as 
afore was shewed1 they  are to be sunk  
or struck into pieces of ,copper1 about 
an ,inch and  an half long1 and one     
quarter of an ,inch deep2 but the       
thickness not  assignable1 because of   
the different thicknesses in ,letters1  
as was  shewed in 4 #b4 and shall       
further be shewed1 when ,i come to the  
sinking  and justifying of ,matrices4   
,but before these ,punches are sunk into
  ,copper1 the ,letter-,founder must    
provide a ,mold to justifie the         
,matrices by3 ,and therefore it is      

proper that ,i describe this ,mold  to  
you before ,i proceed any farther4    ,i
 have given you in ,plate #ah4 at ,a1   
the ,draft of one side or half of  the  
,mold2 and in ,plate #ai4 at ,b1 its    
,match1 or other half1 which ,i  shall  
in general thus describe4    ,every     
,mold is made of two parts1 an under1   
and an upper ,part2 the  under part is  
delineated at ,a1 in ,plate #ah1 the    
upper part is marked ,b1  in ,plate #ai1
 and is in all respects made like the   
under part1 excepting  the ,stool       
behind1 and the ,bow1 or ,spring also   
behind2 and  excepting a small roundish 
,wyer between the ,body and ,carriage1  
near the ,break1 where the under part   
hath a small rounding ,groove  made in  
the ,body4 ,this ,wyer1 or rather       
,half-,wyer in the upper part  makes the
 ,nick in the ,shank of the ,letter1    
when part of it is  received into the   
,grove in the under part4    ,these two 
parts are so exactly fitted and gaged   
into one another1  7viz4 the            

,male-,gage1 marked ,c in ,plate #ai1   
into the ,female-,gage  marked g1 in    
,plate #ah47 that when the upper part of
 the ,mold is  properly placed on1 and  
in the under part of the ,mold both     
together1  makes the entire ,mold1 and  
may be slid backwards for ,use so far1  
till  the ,edge of either of the ,bodies
 on the middle of either ,carriage      
comes just to the ,edge of the          
,female-,gages1 cut in each ,carriage3  
,and they may be slid forwards so far1  
till the ,bodies on either  ,carriage   
touch each other4 ,and the sliding of   
these two parts of the  ,mold backwards1
 makes the ,shank of the ,letter        
thicker1 because  the ,bodies in each   
part stand wider asunder2 and the       
sliding them  forwards makes the ,shank 
of the ,letter thinner1 because the     
,bodies on  each part of the ,mold stand
 closer together4    ,illustration3     
,plate #ah4  ,the ,under  half of the   
,mold    ,this is a general ,description
 of the ,mold2 ,i come now to a more    

particular ,description of its parts4   
a ,the ,carriage4    b ,the ,body4    c 
,the ,male-,gage4    d e ,the           
,mouth-,piece4    f i ,the ,register4   
g ,the ,female-,gage4    h ,the ,hag4   
a a a a ,the ,bottom-,plate4    b b b   
,the ,wood the ,bottom-,plate lies on4  
c c e ,the ,mouth4    d d ,the ,throat4 
e d d ,the ,pallat4    f ,the ,nick4    
g g ,the ,stool4    h h g ,the ,spring  
or ,bow4    ,i have here given you only 
the ,names of the parts of the ,mold1   
because at present ,i purpose no other  
,use of it1 than what relates to  the   
sinking the ,punches into the ,matrices3
 ,and when ,i come to the  casting of   
,letters1 ,you will find the ,use and   
,necessity of all these  ,parts4      4 
#b4 ,of the ,bottom-,plate4    ,the     
,bottom-,plate is made of ,iron1 about  
two ,inches and three  quarters long1   
and about the same breadth2 its         
thickness about a  ,brevier3 ,it is     
planisht exactly flat and straight3 ,it 
hath two of its  ,fore-,angles1 as a a  

cut off either straight or rounding1    
according  to the pleasure of the       
,workman4    ,about the place where the 
middle of the ,carriage lies1 is made a 
,hole about a ,great-,primmer square1   
into which is rivetted on the           
upper-side a ,pin with a ,sholder to it1
 which reaches about half an ,inch      
through the under-side of the           
,bottom-,plate4 ,this ,pin on the under 
side the ,bottom-,plate is round1 and   
hath a ,male-,screw on its end4  ,this  
,pin is let through a ,hole made in the 
,wood of the ,mold to fit  it2 so that  
when a square ,nut1 with a              
,female-,screw in it1 is turned  on the 
,male-,screw1 it may draw and fasten the
 ,half ,mold firm to the  ,wood4    ,the
 ,hind side of the ,carriage lies on    
this ,bottom-,plate1 parallel  to the   
,hind side of it1 and about a           
,two-,lin'd-,english within the  ,hind  
,edge of it2 and so much of this        
,bottom-,plate as is between the        
,register and the left-hand end of the  

,carriage 7as it is posited  in the     
,figure7 is called the ,stool1 as g g in
 the under-half of  the ,mold1 because  
on it the lower end of the ,matrice     
rests2 but  on the upper half of the    
,mold is made a square ,notch behind in 
the  ,bottom-,plate1 rather within than 
without the ,edge of the ,carriage1  to 
reach from the ,register1 and half an   
,inch towards the left hand  7as it is  
posited in the ,figure7 that the upper  
part of the fore-side  of the ,matrice  
may stand close to the ,carriage and    
,body4      4 #c4 ,of the ,carriage4    
,on the ,bottom-,plate is fitted a      
,carriage1 7as a7 ,this ,carriage  is   
almost the length of the ,bottom-,plate1
 and about a ,double-,pica  thick1 and  
its ,breadth the length of the ,shank of
 the ,letter to be cast4    ,this       
,carriage is made of ,iron1 and hath its
 upper-side1 and its two  narrow sides  
filed and rubed upon the using ,file1   
exactly straight1  square and smooth1   
and the two opposite narrow sides       

exactly parallel  to each other4    ,on 
one end of the ,carriage1 as at g1 is   
made a long ,notch or  ,slit1 which ,i  
call the ,female-,gage3 ,it is about a  
,double-,pica  wide1 and is made for the
 ,male-,gage of the other part of the   
,mold  to fit into1 and to slide        
forwards or backwards as the thickness  
of the  ,letter to be cast may require4 
4 #d4 ,of the ,body4    ,upon the       
,carriage is fitted the ,body1 as at b4 
,this ,body is also  made of ,iron1 and 
is half the length of the ,carriage1 and
 the  exact breadth of the ,carriage2   
but its thickness is alterable1 and     
particularly made for every intended    
,body4    ,about the middle of this     
,body is made a square ,hole1 about a   
,great  ,primmer1 or ,double-,pica      
square2 and directly under it is made   
through the ,carriage such another ,hole
 exactly of the same size4      4 #e4   
,of the ,male-,gage4    ,through these  
two ,holes1 viz4 ,that in the ,body1 and
 that in the  ,carriage1 is fitted a    

square ,iron ,shank with a ,male-,screw 
on  one ,end1 and on the other ,end an  
,head turning square from the square    
,shanck to the farther end of the ,body1
 as is described at c2 but is  more     
particularly described apart at ,b in   
the same ,plate1 where ,b may  be called
 the ,male-,gage3 ,for ,i know no       
distinct ,name that ,founders  have for 
it1 and do therefore coyn this3      a  
,the square ,shanck4    b ,the          
,male-,screw4    ,this square ,shanck is
 just so long within half a ,scaboard   
thick  as to reach through the ,body1   
,carriage1 and another square ,hole     
made through the ,bottom-,plate1 that so
 when a square ,nut with a              
,female-,screw in it is turned on that  
,pin1 the ,nut shall draw and  fasten   
the ,body and ,carriage down to the     
,bottom-,plate4    ,the ,office of the  
,male-,gage is to fit into1 and slide   
along the  ,female-,gage4      4 #f4 ,of
 the ,mouth-,piece4    ,illustration3   
,plate #ai4  ,the ,upper half of the    

,mold    ,close to the ,carriage and    
,body is fitted a ,mouth-,piece marked d
  e4 ,letter-,founders call this        
altogether a ,mouth-,piece3 ,but that   
,i may be the better understood in this 
present purpose1 ,i must more  nicely   
distinguish its parts1 and take the     
,freedom to elect ,terms for  them1 as  
first1      c c e ,the ,mouth4    d ,the
 ,palate4    c c e d ,the ,jaws4    d d 
,the ,throat4    ,altogether 7as        
aforesaid7 the ,mouth-,piece4    ,the   
,mouth-,piece hath its ,side returning  
from the ,throat filed  and rubb'd on   
the ,using-,file exactly straight and   
square to its  ,bottom-side1 because it 
is to joyn close to the ,side of the    
,carriage and ,body2 but its            
upper-,side1 viz4 the ,palate is not    
parallel to the ,bottom1 but from the   
,side d d1 viz4 the ,throat  falls away 
to the ,mouth e1 making an ,angle       
greater or smaller1 as  the ,body that  
the ,mold is made for is bigger or less3
 ,for small  ,bodies require but a small

 ,mouth1 because small ,ladles will hold
  ,metal enough for small ,letters2 and 
the smaller the ,ladle1 the finer  the  
,geat of the ,ladle is2 and fine ,geats 
will easier hit the  ,mouth 7in a ,train
 of ,work7 than the course ,geats of    
,great ,ladles3  ,therefore it is that  
the ,mouth must be made to such a       
convenient  ,width1 that the ,ladle to  
be used and its ,geat1 may readily1 and 
without slabbering1 receive the ,metal  
thrown into the ,mold4    ,but again1 if
 the ,mouth-,piece be made too wide1    
viz4 the ,jaws too  deep at the ,mouth1 
though the ,geat of the ,ladle does the 
readier  find it1 yet the ,body of the  
,break of the ,letter will be so  great1
 that first it heats the ,mold a great  
deal faster and hotter2  and secondly1  
it empties the ,pan a great deal sooner 
of its ,metal1  and subjects the        
,workman sometime to stand still while  
other ,metal is  melted and hot3        
,therefore ,judgment is to be used in   
the width of the  ,mouth2 and though    

there be no ,rule for the width of it2  
yet this in  general for such ,molds as 
,i make1 ,i observe that the ,orifice of
  the ,throat may be about one quarter  
of the ,body for small ,bodies2  but for
 great ,bodies less1 according to       
,discretion1 and the ,palate  about an  
,inch and a quarter long from the ,body 
and ,carriage4 ,the  reason that the    
,orifice of the ,throat is so small1 is1
 because  the ,substance at the end of  
the ,shanck of the ,letter ought also to
  be small1 that the ,break may easier  
break from the ,shanck of the  ,letter1 
and the less subject the ,shanck to     
bowing2 for the bowing of  a ,letter    
spoils it2 and the reason why the       
,palate is so long1 is1  that the ,break
 being long1 may be the easier finger'd 
and manag'd in  the breaking4    ,if it 
be objected1 that since the smalness of 
the ,break at the end  of the ,shanck of
 the ,letter is so approvable and       
necessary for the  reason aforesaid1    
then why may not the ,break be made much

 more  smaller yet8 ,the ,answer will   
be1 ,no2 because if it be much smaller  
than one quarter of the ,body1 ,metal   
enough will not pass through  the       
,throat1 to fill both the ,face and     
,shanck of the ,letter1  especially if  
the ,letter to be cast prove thin4      
,near the ,throat and ,jaw is made      
straight down through the ,palate  a    
square ,hole 7as at k47 ,this square    
,hole hath all its ,sides on the        
,upper-,plain of the ,palate opened to a
 ,bevel of about #de ,degrees1  and     
about the depth of a thick ,scaboard4   
,into this square ,hole is  fitted a    
square ,pin to reach through it2 and    
within half a ,scaboard  through a      
square ,hole1 made just under it in the 
,bottom-,plate which  the ,mouth-,piece 
lies upon4 ,on the upper end of this    
square ,pin is  made a square ,sholder1 
whose under-sides are filed ,bevil away1
  so as to comply and fall just into the
 ,bevil made on the ,palate  aforesaid1 
and on the under end of the ,pin is made

 a ,male-screw  long enough to contain a
 square ,nut1 with a ,female-screw in it
  about a ,pica or ,english thick1 which
 ,nut being twisted about the  ,pin of  
the ,male-screw1 draws and fastens the  
,mouth-piece close  down to the         
,bottom-,plate1 and also close to the   
,carriage and ,body  of the ,mold4      
,note1 that the square ,hole made in the
 ,bottom-,plate to receive the  square  
,shanck of the ,pin1 must be made a     
little wider than just to  fit the      
square ,shanck of the ,pin1 because the 
,mouth-piece must be  so placed1 that   
the end of the ,jaw next the ,throat    
must lie just  even with the ,body it is
 to be joyned to2 and also that the     
,throat  of the ,mouth-piece may be     
thrust perfectly close to the ,sides of 
the  ,carriage and ,body3 ,and when     
,occasion requires the ,shanck of the   
,letter to be lengthned1 it may be set  
farther off the ,carriage1 that  an     
,asidue1 or sometimes a thin ,plate of  
,brass may be fitted in  between the    

,carriage and the ,throat of the        
,mouth-piece1 as shall  farther be      
shewed when ,i come to justifie the     
,mold4      4 #g4 ,of the ,register4    
,behind the ,mold is placed the         
,register1 as at f i h1 which ,i have   
also placed apart in the aforesaid      
,plate1 as at ,c1 that it may the more  
perspicuously be discerned1 and a more  
particular account of its parts  be     
given1 which are as follows3      ,c a a
 b c d e ,the ,register4    a a ,the    
,sholders4    b c ,the ,neck4    d ,the 
,cheek returning square from the ,plate 
of the    ,register1 and is about an    
,english thick4    e ,the ,screw ,hole4 
,it is made of an ,iron ,plate about a  
,brevier thick2 its upper-,side  is     
straight1 but its under ,side is not3   
,for at a a projects downwards  a small 
piece of the same ,plate1 which we may  
call the ,sholders1  of the ,form you   
see in the ,figure4 ,these ,sholders    
have two small  ,notches 7as at b c7    
filed in them below the ,range on the   

under  side of the ,register1 which we  
will call the ,neck1 and is just so     
wide as the ,bottom-,plate is thick4    
,this ,neck is set into a square        
,notch1 filed so far into the           
,bottom-,plate1 that the flat inside of 
the ,register may stand close against   
the hind side of the ,carriage  and     
,body2 and this ,notch is filed so wide 
on the left-,hand1 that  when the side b
 of the ,neck stands close against the  
left-hand  ,side of this ,notch 7as it  
is posited in the ,figure7 the ,cheek of
  the ,register stands just even with   
the ,edge of the ,body4 ,and this       
,notch is also filed so wide on the     
right-,hand ,side1 that when the  ,neck 
at c stands close against the right-hand
 ,side of the ,notch1  the ,cheek of the
 ,register may remove an m1 or an m and 
an n from  the edge of the ,body towards
 the right hand3 ,and the ,sholders a a 
are made so long1 that when either ,side
 of the ,neck is thrust close  against  
its corresponding side in the ,notch of 

the ,bottom-,plate1  the upper ,edge of 
the opposite ,sholder shall hook or bear
 against the  under-side of the         
,bottom-,plate1 and keep the whole      
,register steady1  and directly upright 
to the ,surface of the ,bottom-,plate4  
,in the ,plate of the ,register1 is made
 a long square ,hole1 as at  e1 just    
wide enough to receive the ,pin of a    
,male-screw1 with a  ,sholder to it1    
which is to fit into a ,female-screw1   
made in the  ,edge of the ,carriage1    
that when the ,male-screw is turned     
about in  the ,female-screw in the      
,carriage1 it shall draw the ,sholder of
  the said ,male-screw hard against the 
upper and under ,sides of the  square   
,hole in the ,plate of the ,register1   
close to the side of the  ,carriage and 
,body4    ,the reason why the ,hole in  
the ,plate of the ,register is made so  
long1  is that the ,cheek of the        
,register may be slid forwards or       
backwards  as occasion requires2 as     
shall be shewn when ,i come to          

justifying the  ,mold4      4 #h4 ,of   
the ,nick4    ,in the upper half of the 
,mold1 at about a ,pica distance from   
the  ,throat1 is fitted into the        
under-side of the ,body the ,nick3 ,it  
is made of a piece of ,wyer filed flat a
 little more than half away4  ,this     
,nick is bigger or less1 as the ,body   
the ,mold is made for is  bigger or     
less2 but its length is about two m's4  
,it is with round  ,sculptors let       
exactly into the under-side of the      
,body4    ,in the under-half of the     
,mold1 is made at the same distance from
 the  ,throat1 on the upper-side of the 
,body1 a round ,groove1 just fit  to    
receive the ,nick in the upper half4    
4 #i4 ,of the ,bow or ,spring4    ,this 
is a long piece of hard ,iron ,wyer1    
whose ,diameter is about a  ,brevier    
thick1 and hath one end fastned into the
 ,wood of the under  half of the ,mold1 
as at h2 but it is so fastned1 that it  
may turn  about in the ,hole of the     
,wood it is put into3 ,for the end of it

 being  batter'd flat1 a small ,hole is 
drilled through it1 into which small    
,hole the end of fine ,lute-string      
,wyer1 or somewhat bigger is put1 and   
fastned by twisting about half an ,inch 
of the end of the ,lute-string  to the  
rest of the ,lute-string3 ,for then a   
considerable ,bundle of  that ,wyer1 of 
about the ,size of a ,doublet ,button1  
being wound behind  the ,hole1 about the
 end of the ,spring1 will become a      
,sholder to it1  and keep the end of the
 ,spring from slipping through the ,hole
 in the  ,wood3 ,but this ,button or    
,sholder must also be kept on by        
thrusting  another piece of ,wyer stiff 
into the ,hole made on the end of the   
,spring1 and crooking that ,wyer into   
the ,form of an ,s1 that it slip  not   
out of the ,hole4    ,the manner how the
 ,spring is bowed1 you may see in the   
,figure3 ,but  just without the ,wood is
 twisted upon another ,wyer about an    
,english  thick five or six turns of the
 ,wyer of the ,spring1 to make the      

whole ,spring bear the stronger at its  
point3 ,for the ,office of the  ,spring 
is with its ,point at g1 to thrust the  
,matrice close  against the ,carriage   
and ,body4      4 #aj4 ,of the ,hooks1  
or ,haggs4    ,these are ,iron ,wyers   
about a ,long-,primmer thick3 ,their    
,shape you  may see in the ,figure3     
,they are so fastned into the ,wood of  
the ,mold1  that they may not hinder the
 ,ladle hitting the ,mouth4 ,their      
,office  is to pick and draw with their 
,points the ,break and ,letter out of   
the ,mold when they may chance to stick4
      4 #aa4 ,of the ,woods of the      
,mold4    ,all the ,iron ,work aforesaid
 of the ,mold is fitted and fastned on  
two ,woods1 viz4 each half one1 and each
 ,wood about an ,inch thick1  and of the
 shape of each respective               
,bottom-,plate4 ,the ,wood hath  all its
 ,sides except the hind-side1 about a   
,pica longer than the  ,bottom-,plate2  
but the hind-side lies even with the    
,bottom-,plate4  ,the ,bottom-,plate1 as

 afore was said in 4 #b4 of this 4 hath 
an ,iron  ,pin on its under-side1 about 
half an ,inch long1 with a ,male-screw  
on  its end1 which ,pin being let fit   
into an ,hole in the ,wood does by a    
,nut with a ,female-screw in it draw1   
all the ,iron ,work close and  fast to  
the ,wood4    ,but because the ,wood is 
an ,inch thick1 and the ,pin in the     
,bottom-,plate but half an ,inch long1  
therefore the outer or under-side  of   
the ,wood 7as posited in the ,figure7   
hath a wide round ,hole made  in it flat
 at the ,bottom1 to reach within an     
,english1 or a ,great  ,primmer of the  
upper-side of the ,wood4 ,this round    
,hole is wide enough  to receive the    
,nut with the ,female-screw in it2 and  
the ,pin  being now long enough to      
receive the ,female-screw at the wide   
,hole1  the ,female-screw may with round
 nosed ,plyers be turned about the      
,male-screw on the ,pin aforesaid1 till 
it draw all the ,iron ,work  close to   
the ,wood4    ,the ,wood behind on the  

upper half is cut away as the           
,bottom-,plate of  that half is2 and    
into the thickness of the ,wood1 close  
by the right  and left-hand side of this
 ,notch is a small square ,wyer-staple  
driven1 which we may call the           
,matrice-,check2 for its ,office is     
only to keep the ,shanck of the ,matrice
 from flying out of this  ,notch of the 
,mold when the ,caster is at ,work4 ,and
 the ,nuts and  ,screws of the ,carriage
 and ,mouth-piece1 c4 that lie under the
  ,bottom-,plate1 are with small        
,chissels let into the upper-side of    
the ,wood1 that the ,bottom-plates may  
lie flat on it4      ,sect4 ,,xvi4 ,of  
justifying the ,mold4    ,although the  
,mold be now made2 nay1 very well and   
,workman-like made1  yet is it not      
imagin'd to be fit to go to work withal2
 as well because  it will doubtless ,rag
 7as ,founders call it2 for which       
,explanation see  the ,table7 as because
 the ,body1 ,thickness1 ,straightness1  
and length  of the ,shanck must be      

finisht with such great ,nicety1 that   
without  several ,proofs and ,tryings1  
it cannot be expected to be perfectly   
true4    ,therefore before the sinking  
and justifying the ,matrices1 the  ,mold
 must first be ,justified3 ,and first1  
he justifies the ,body1  which to do1 he
 casts about twenty ,proofs or ,letters1
 as they are  called1 though it matters 
not whether the ,shancks have yet       
,letters  on them or no4 ,these ,proofs 
he sets up in a ,composing-stick1 as  is
 described in 4 #ag4 4 #b4 ,plate #ai4  
at ,g1 with all their ,nicks  towards   
the right ,hand1 and then sets up so    
many ,letters of the same  ,body1 7which
 for ,distinction sake we will call     
,patterns7 that  he will justifie his   
,body too1 upon the ,proofs1 with all   
their  ,nicks also to the right ,hand1  
to try if they agree in length with the 
same ,number of ,letters that he uses   
for his ,pattern2 which if they  do not1
 for very seldom they do1 but by the    
,workman's fore-cast are  generally     

somewhat too big in the ,body1 that     
there may be ,substance  left to        
,justifie the ,mold1 and clear it from  
,ragging4 ,therefore  the ,proofs may   
drive-out somewhat1 either half a ,line 
7which in  ,founders and ,printers      
,language is half a ,body7 or a whole   
,line4  7more or less47    ,he also     
tries if the two sides of the ,body are 
parallel1 viz4 ,that  the ,body be no   
bigger at the ,head than at the ,foot2  
and that  he tries by taking half the   
number of his ,proofs1 and turning the  
,heads of them lays them upon the other 
half of his ,proofs1 so that  if then   
the ,heads and ,feet be exactly even    
upon each other1 and  that the ,heads   
and ,feet neither drive-out1 nor get in1
 7,founders  and ,printers ,language1   
for which see the ,table7 the two sides 
of the  ,body are parallel2 but if      
either the ,head or ,foot drives out1   
the  two sides of the ,body are not     
parallel1 and must therefore be mended4 
,and as he has examin'd the ,sides of   

the ,body so also he examines the       
thickness of the ,letter1 and tries if  
the two ,sides of the thickness  be also
 parallel1 which to do1 he sets up his  
,prooves in the  ,composing-stick with  
their ,nicks upwards4 ,then taking half 
of the  ,prooves1 he turns the ,heads   
and lay the ,heads upon the ,feet of    
the other half of his ,prooves1 and if  
the ,heads and ,feet lies  exactly upon 
each other and neither drive out or get 
in the two  ,sides of the thicknesses   
are parallel4 ,but if either the ,head  
or  ,foot drive-out the two ,sides of   
the thicknesses are not parallel2  and  
must therefore be mended4    ,next1 he  
considers whether the sides of the ,body
 be straight1 first  by laying two      
,letters with their ,nicks upwards upon 
one another1 and  holding them up in his
 ,fingers1 between his ,eye and the     
,light1 tries if  he can see ,light     
between them3 ,for if the least ,light  
appear between  them1 the ,carriage is  
not straight4 ,then he lays the ,nicks  

against  one another1 and holds them    
also against the ,light1 as before3     
,then he  lays both the ,nicks outward1 
and examines them that way1 that he may 
find whether either or both of the      
,carriages are out of straight4    ,but 
we will suppose now the ,body somewhat  
too big1 and that it drives  out at the 
,head or ,foot2 and that the thickness  
drives out at the  ,head or ,foot and   
that the ,sides of the ,body are not    
straight4  ,these are ,faults enough to 
take the ,mold asunder3 but yet if there
  were but one of these ,faults it must 
be taken asunder for that2 by           
unscrewing the ,male-,gage1 to take the 
,body off the ,carriage1 and  the       
,carriage off the ,bottom-,plate4       
,having found where the ,fault of one or
 both sides of the ,body is1  he lays   
the ,body down upon the ,using-,file2   
and if the ,fault be  extuberant1 he    
rubs the ,extuberancy down1 by pressing 
his ,finger  or ,fingers hard upon the  
opposite side of the ,body1 just over   

the  extuberant part2 and so rubbing the
 ,body hard forwards on the             
,using-,file1 and drawing it lightly    
backwards1 he rubs till he has  wrought 
down the extuberancy1 which he examins  
by applying the ,lyner  to that side of 
the ,body1 and holding it so up between 
his ,eye and the  ,light1 tries whether 
or not the ,lyner ride upon the part    
that was  extuberant2 which if it do1   
the extuberancy is not sufficiently     
rub'd  off1 and the former ,process must
 again begin and be continued till the  
extuberancy be rub'd off4 ,and if the   
,body were too big1 he by this          
,operation works it down3 ,because the  
extuberancy of the ,body rid upon  the  
,carriage1 and bore it up4    ,and if   
the fault be a ,dawk1 or ,hollow in the 
,body1 then he ,works  the rest of that 
side of the ,body down to the bottom of 
the ,dawk1  which by applying the ,lyner
 7as afore7 he tryes1 and this also     
lessens the ,body4    ,if the ,body     
drive-out at ,head or ,foot1 he lays the

 weight of his  ,fingers heavy at that  
side or end of the ,body which is too   
thick1 and  so rubs that down harder4   
,if the thickness of the ,letter1       
drive-out at ,head1 or ,foot1 he        
,screws the ,body into the ,vice1 and   
with a flat sharp ,file1  files the     
,side down at the ,head1 or ,foot4 ,at  
the same time1 if  the ,shanck of the   
,letter be not ,square1 he mends that   
also1 and  smooth-files it very well4   
,then he puts the ,mold together again3 
,and melting1 7or laying aside7  his    
first ,proofs1 lest they should make him
 mistake1 he again ,casts  about twenty 
,new ,proofs1 and examins by them as    
before1 how well he  has mended the     
,body1 and how near he has brought the  
,body to the  size of the ,pattern3 ,for
 he does not expect to do it the ,first1
  ,second1 or ,seventh time2 but mends  
on1 on1 on1 by a little at a  time1 till
 at last it is so finisht4    ,if the   
,body prove too small1 it is underlaid  
with a thick or a thin  ,asidue2 or     

sometimes a thin ,plate of ,brass4      
,then he examins the ,mouth-piece1 and  
sees that the ,jaws slide  exactly true1
 upon every part of the ,pallat without 
riding4    ,if the ,throat of the       
,mouth-piece lie too low1 as most       
commonly it  is designed so to do2 ,then
 a ,plate of ,brass of a proper         
thickness  is laid under it to raise it 
higher4    ,he also ,justifies the      
,registers1 making their ,cheeks truly  
,square4  ,and ,screwing them about an n
 from the ,corner of the ,body4    ,he  
tryes that the ,male and ,female-,gages 
fit each other exactly1  and lie        
directly straight along1 and parallel to
 both the ,sides of the  ,carriage4     
,all this thus performed he needs not   
7perhaps7 take the ,mold assunder       
again4 ,but not having yet consider'd1  
or examin'd the length of the  ,shanck  
of the ,letter1 he now does2 and if it  
be somewhat too long 7as  we will       
suppose by forecast it is7 then the     
,body and ,carriage being  ,screwed     

together1 and both the ,halves fitted in
 their ,gages1 the  ,edges of the       
,carriage and ,body are thus together   
rub'd upon the  ,using-,file1 till the  
,carriage be brought to an exact length4
    ,having thus 7as he hopes7 finisht  
the justifying of the ,mold2 and put  it
 together1 and ,screwed it fast up1 he  
puts the two ,halves together1  and then
 ,rubs or ,slides them hard against one 
another1 to try if he  can perceive any 
little part of the ,body ,ride upon the 
,carriage1  or ,carriage ride upon the  
,body3 ,to know which of them it is that
  ,rides1 or is extuberant1 he uses the 
,liner2 applying it to both  the        
,places1 as well of the ,body as the    
,carriage3 where he sees  they have     
,rub'd or bore upon one another3 ,and   
which of them that is  extuberant1 the  
,edge of the ,liner will shew1 by       
,riding upon it3 ,and  that part he     
,files upon with a small flat and very  
fine ,file1 by  little and little1      
taking off the extuberancy1 till the    

,bodies and  ,carriages lie exactly flat
 upon1 and close to one another3 ,which 
if  they do not1 the ,mold will be sure 
to ,rag4      4 ,,xvii4 4 #a4 ,of       
,sinking the ,punches into the          
,matrices4    ,that the ,matrice1 and   
all its parts may be the better         
understood1 as  ,i shall have ,occasion 
to ,name them1 ,i have given you a      
,draft of the  ,matrice in ,plate1 #ah  
at ,e4 and shall here explain its parts4
      ,e ,the ,matrice1 wherein is      
,punched ,e1 the ,face of    the        
,letter4    a ,the ,bottom of the       
,matrice4    b ,the ,top of the         
,matrice4    c ,the ,right-side of the  
,matrice4    d ,the ,left-,side of the  
,matrice4    f g ,the ,face of the      
,matrice4    h i ,the ,leather ,grove of
 the ,matrice4    ,in the ,back or ,side
 behind the ,matrice1 just behind ,e is 
filed  in athwart the ,back1 from the   
right to the left-,side a ,notch1 to    
settle and hold the point of the ,spring
 or ,wyer of the ,mold in1  that the    

,matrice fly or start not back when it  
is at ,work4    ,as ,i told you 7in 4   
#aa4 4 #a47 that the ,punches are to be 
made of  several ,thicknesses1 for      
reasons there shewed2 and that therefore
  the ,letter-,cutter makes ,wooden     
,patterns for his several ,sizes of     
,thicknesses as well as ,heights2 so now
 ,i am come to the ,sinking of  the     
,punches into the ,matrices1 ,i must    
tell you again that the  ,letter-,cutter
 or else the ,founder1 7either of which 
that ,sinks  them2 for sometimes it is a
 ,task ,incumbent on each of them7      
considers  the ,thicknesses of all the  
,punches he has to ,sink1 though        
,heighth  he need not consider in       
,sinking the ,matrices3 ,for the        
,matrices1  by reason of their length in
 ,copper upwards and downwards1 have    
,substance enough and to spare1 for the 
longest ,letters to be ,sunk  into them3
 ,therefore ,i say1 he only considers   
the several ,thicknesses  of all the    
,punches1 and makes ,wooden ,patterns   

for them1 marking  with a ,pen and ,inck
 the number of each size1 on the        
,pattern as before  he did for the      
,steel-,punches3 ,but the ,patterns he  
made for the  ,steel-,punches will be   
too ,thin for the ,copper ,matrices3    
,because the  ,steel-,punches by        
,sinking into the ,matrices1 stretch and
 force  the ,sides of the ,copper out1  
and sometimes crack them for want of    
,substance2 and at other times carry or 
force the ,substance of the  ,matrice so
 low with their ,sholder if the ,letter 
be broad1 that it  creates a great      
,trouble to rub them ,flat1 7as it is   
called7 because  it is done upon the    
,using-,file4    ,therefore he makes    
,wooden ,patterns for every of the      
former siz'd  ,punches1 so thick or     
rather an n thicker at the least1 then  
he  made the ,wooden ,patterns1 that the
 ,steel-,punches were made to  be       
,forged by1 that there may be ,substance
 enough on each side the  ,copper to    
bear the dilating that the sinking of   

the ,punch into it  will make1 because  
the ,counter-,puncht-,letters are       
,thicker by their  ,stems and ,footing  
or ,topping than the ,counter-,punches  
made for  them need be4    ,therefore   
7as before7 for three sizes of ,punches 
to be  ,counter-,puncht1 he made three  
several siz'd ,patterns2 so now for  the
 several siz'd ,punches that are to be  
,sunk into ,matrices1 he  makes three   
several siz'd ,patterns of ,wood for the
 ,copper-,smith  to draw out ,rods of   
,copper of those several ,sizes by1 and 
each of  them 7as aforesaid7 an n1 and  
for the ,thick ,letters an m 7at least7 
,thicker than the ,patterns were made1  
for the ,steel-,punches to be  ,forged  
to a size by4    ,in the ,forging of    
these ,copper-,rods1 he instructs the   
,copper-,smith  to make ,choice of the  
softest ,copper he can get1 that the    
,steel-,punches may run the less hazzard
 of breaking2 and sometimes 7if  too    
soft ,temper'd7 battering their         
,stroaks4    ,the ,rose ,copper is      

commonly accounted the softest3 ,but yet
 ,i have  many times ,sunk ,punches     
indifferently into every sort of        
,copper4  ,nay1 even cast ,copper1 which
 is generally accounted the ,hardest3   
,because ,copper1 as well 7as some other
 ,mettals7 ,hardens with ,melting4      
,these ,rods of ,copper are 7as ,i told 
you in 4 ,,iii4 4 #a47 to be  ,cut into 
small ,lengths1 each about an ,inch and 
an half long1 and a  ,great-,primmer or 
,double-,pica deep2 and for great       
,bodyed ,letters a  ,two-lin'd-,english 
deep2 ,but their ,thickness not         
assignable1 because  of the ,different  
,thicknesses in ,letters1 both of the   
same and other  ,bodies1 as in part ,i  
shewed1 in 4 ,,ii4 and more fully in    
this present  4 and 4    ,the reason why
 the ,copper-,rods are ,forg'd so deep1 
is1 ,that the more  substance of ,copper
 may lie under the ,face of the ,punch3 
,for  if the ,rod have not a convenient 
depth1 the ,face of the ,punch  in      
,sinking1 does the sooner ingage with   

the ,hardness of the ,face  of the      
,stake it is ,sunk upon3 ,and having    
with a few ,blows of the  ,hammer1 soon 
hardned the ,copper just under the ,face
 of the  ,punch1 as well the hardness of
 the small 7thus hardned7 ,body of      
,copper just under the ,face of the     
,punch1 as the ,hardness of  the ,face  
of the ,stake contribute a complycated  
assistance to the  breaking or battering
 the ,face of the ,punch4 ,but if the   
,rod be  deep1 the ,substance of ,copper
 between the ,face of the ,punch and    
the ,stake is less hardned1 and         
consequently the ,punch will ,sink  the 
easier1 and deeper with less ,violence4 
,but sometimes it has happ'ned that for 
the ,sinking one ,matrice or  two1 ,i   
have been loath to trouble my self to go
 to the ,copper-,smiths1  to get one    
,forg'd3 and therefore ,i have made     
shift with such ,copper  as ,i have had 
by me4 ,but when it has not been so deep
 as ,i could have  wisht it1 ,i have    
just entred the ,punch into the ,matrice

 upon the  ,stake1 and to ,sink it deep 
enough1 ,i have laid it upon a good     
thick  piece of ,lead1 which by reason  
of its softness has not hardned the     
,copper just under the ,face of the     
,punch2 but suffered the ,punch  to do  
its ,office with good ,success4         
,having cut the ,copper-,rods1 into fit 
,lengths with a ,cold ,chissel1  ,he    
files the end that is to stand upon the 
,stool of the ,mold  exactly square1 and
 the ,right-side of the ,matrice1 that  
stands  against the ,carriage and ,body1
 also exactly ,square and smooth  upon  
the ,using-,file4 ,then he places the   
filed end1 or ,bottom upon  the ,stool1 
with the ,face of the ,matrice towards  
the ,carriage  and ,body1 and the       
,right-side of the ,matrice1 close      
against the  ,register3 ,then if the    
,punch to be sunck be an ascending      
,letter4  ,he with a fine pointed       
,needle1 makes a small ,race by the     
upper-side  of the ,carriage upon the   
,face of the ,matrice1 and that ,race is

  a mark for him1 to set the top of the 
,ascending ,letter at1 when he  ,sinks  
it into the ,matrice3 ,so that then     
placing the ,punch upright  upon the    
middle of the ,thickness of the         
,matrice1 the ,matrice lying  solid on  
the ,stake3 ,he with the ,face of an    
,hammer sizable to the  bigness of his  
,punch1 cautiously knocks upon the      
,hammer-end of the  ,punch1 with        
reiterated ,blows1 till he have driven  
the ,punch deep  enough into the        
,matrice4    ,but if it be a short      
,letter1 or a ,descending ,letter1 and  
not  ,ascending also3 ,then he elects   
any ,cast-,letter of the ,thickness  of 
the ,beard1 7as ,founders and ,printers 
call it7 ,for which  ,explanation see   
the ,table1 and he lays that ,letter    
upon the ,surface  of the ,carriage1 and
 then placing the ,bottom of the        
,matrice to be  ,sunk as before1 on the 
,stool1 and against the ,register1 ,he  
draws  with a ,needle as before1 a race 
above the ,surface of that ,letter1     

against the ,face of the ,matrice1 and  
that race is a ,mark for him  to place  
the ,head of the ,letter by4 ,then      
managing the ,punch  and ,hammer as     
before was shewed1 he ,sinks the ,punch 
into the  ,matrice4    ,but here arises 
a ,question1 viz4 ,how deep the ,punches
 are to be  ,sunk into the ,matrices8   
,the ,answer is1 a ,thick ,space deep1  
though deeper even to an n would be yet 
better3 ,because the deeper  the        
,punches are ,sunk1 the lower does the  
,beards stand below  the ,face1 and     
those ,beards when the ,cast-,letter    
comes into the  ,printers ,hands to be  
used1 are the less subject to ,print1 as
 too  oft they do both at ,head or ,foot
 of a ,page1 than when they  lie so high
 that the softness of the ,blankets1 and
 ,hardness of a  ,pull1 or else         
carelesness of ,running the ,carriage of
 the ,press  to a considered ,mark they 
would be4 ,but they are seldom ,sunk any
  deeper then a thick ,space3 and the   
reason is1 because the breaking or      

battering the ,face of the ,punch should
 not be too much hazarded4    ,the many 
,punches to be ,sunk into ,matrices for 
the same ,body1  are difficult to be    
,sunk of an equal depth4 ,therefore ,i  
always make  a ,beard-,gage1 as is      
described in ,plate #ai at ,f1 where a b
 is  a ,sholder that rests upon the     
,face of the ,matrice1 c is the  ,point 
or ,gage that measures the depth of the 
,sunken ,punch4 ,so  that when the      
,point c just touches the ,bottom1 and  
both the  ,sholders a b the ,face of the
 ,matrice1 the ,punch may be  accounted 
well ,sunk as to depth4    ,but though  
it be accounted well ,sunk for a first  
,essay1 yet can it  not be reasonably   
imagined it is well ,sunk for good and  
all2 as well  because in ,sinking the   
,punches it has carryed some part of the
  ,surface of the ,matrice down below   
the ,face of the ,matrice into  the     
,body of the ,copper1 as because both   
the ,sides are doubtless  extorted1 and 
one ,side or ,part of the ,punch ,sunk  

more or less deeper  than the other4    
,wherefore ,i now come to      4 #b4    
,justifying the ,matrices4              
,justifying of ,matrices is1 #a4 to make
 the ,face of the ,sunken  ,letter1 lie 
an exact designed depth below the ,face 
of the ,matrice1  and on all its sides  
equally deep from the ,face of the      
,matrice4 #b4  ,it is to set or         
,justifie the ,foot-line of the ,letter 
exactly in  ,line4 #c4 ,it is to        
,justifie both the sides1 viz4 the      
,right and  left-sides of a ,matrice to 
an exact thickness4    ,therefore to    
proceed ,methodically1 he first slightly
 ,files down the  ,bunchings out that   
the ,punch made in the ,sides of the    
,matrice2  ,and then slightly ,files    
down all the ,copper1 on the ,face of   
the  ,matrice1 till the ,hollow the     
,punch made becomes even with the whole 
,face of the ,matrice4    ,then he      
,casts a ,proof-,letter or two1 and     
,rubs them3 ,and with the  ,edge of a   
,knife cuts out what may remain in the  

bottom of the ,shanck  by reason of the 
un-even breaking1 off of the ,break that
 the square  bottom of the ,shanck may  
not be born off the ,bottom-,ledge of   
the  ,lining-,stick4    ,but having till
 now said nothing of the ,lining-,stick1
 it is proper  before ,i proceed1 to    
give a ,description of it3 ,it is       
delineated in  ,plate #ai at ,g4 ,where 
,g is the ,plain1 a the ,side-,ledge1 b 
the  ,bottom-,ledge1 c the ,stilt1 all  
made of ,brass4    ,the ,plain is       
exactly flat1 ,straight1 and ,smooth1   
that the ,shancks  of the ,letter being 
likewise so1 may lie flat and solidly on
 it4  ,its depth between the            
,bottom-,ledge1 and the fore edge is    
about the  length of the ,shanck of the 
,letter3 ,but the whole ,plain of ,brass
  is yet deeper2 ,because the           
,bottom-,ledge is fastned on it4 ,the   
,lining-,stick is about two ,inches long
 for small ,letters2 but longer  for    
,big-,bodyed ,letters4    ,both ,bottom 
and ,side-,ledge1 is a thin piece of    

,brass1 from a  ,scaboard to a ,pica    
thick1 according as the ,body whose     
,face and  ,foot-line is to be          
,justified in it is bigger or less4     
,these two  ,ledges is an ,inside       
,square exactly wrought1 and with small 
,rivets  fastned on the ,side edge1 and 
on the ,bottom edge4    ,the ,stilt is a
 thin flat piece of ,brass-,plate about 
a ,scaboard  thick1 and a ,double-,pica 
broad3 ,one of its edges is ,soldered   
to the under-side of the ,plain1 about a
 ,double-,pica within the  fore-edge of 
the ,plain1 that the ,lining-,stick     
7when set by with  ,proof-,letters in   
it7 may not lie flat on its ,bottom2 but
 have its  fore edge ,tilted up1 that   
the ,letters in it may rest against the 
,bottom-,ledge4    ,having cut the      
,notch in the ,break of the ,letters as 
aforesaid1  ,he ,rubs every side of them
 on the ,stone1 with two or three hard  
,rubs1 to take off the small ,rags that 
may happen on the ,shanck of  the       
,letter1 notwithstanding the ,mold is   

imagined to be very truly  made and     
,justified4    ,the ,stone is commonly a
 whole ,grind-,stone1 about eighteen    
,inches  diameter1 having both its sides
 truly ,rub'd flat and smooth1 by       
,jostling it 7as ,masons call it7 upon  
another broad long and flat  ,stone with
 ,sand and ,water4 ,it must have a fine1
 but very sharp  ,greet4 ,now to return4
    ,he places a ,quadrat of the same   
,body1 on the ,plain of the             
,lining-stick1 and against the          
,side-,ledge of it ,he sets up three  or
 four old m's of the same ,body3 ,then  
sets up his ,proof-,letter  or ,letters1
 and after his ,proof-,letter three or  
four old m's more  of the same ,body2   
and being very careful that the ,foot of
 the  ,shanck of the ,letter stands full
 down against the ,bottom-,ledge of  the
 ,lining-stick1 ,he applies the edge of 
the ,liner to the ,faces  of all these  
,letters3 ,and if he finds that the edge
 of the ,liner just  touch 7and no more7
 as well all the parts of his           

,proof-,letters as  they do upon his old
 ,letters1 ,he concludes his ,matrice is
 ,sunk to  a true ,height against       
,paper4    ,but he seldom hopes for so  
good luck2 but does more likely expect  
the  ,matrice is ,sunk too deep or too  
shallow1 and awry on the right and      
left-side1 or on the top or bottom of   
the ,line1 for all or any of  these     
,faults the ,liner will easily discover4
 ,therefore ,i shall shew  you how he   
,justifies a ,matrice that is too ,high 
against ,paper4    ,we will suppose the 
,face of the ,punch is ,sunk flat and   
straight  down into the ,matrice2 but   
yet it is a little too deep ,sunk4      
,therefore he considers how much it is  
too deep3 ,if it be but a little  too   
deep1 perhaps when the ,face of the     
,matrice shall be made  exactly flat    
7for yet it is but ,rough-,filed7 it may
 be wrought down  to be just of an      
,height against ,paper4 ,but if the     
,punch be ,sunk  so much too deep that  
the smoothing the flat of the ,face on  

the  ,using-,file will not work it low  
enough2 then with a ,bastard-cut        
flat-,file1 he takes off 7according to  
his ,discretion7 so much ,copper  from  
the ,face of the ,matrice as will make  
it so much nearer as he  thinks it wants
 to the ,face of the ,letter4 ,but yet  
considers that  the ,face of the        
,matrice is yet to smoothen on the      
,using-,file1  and therefore he is      
careful not to take too much off the    
,face of the  ,matrice with the         
,rough-,file4    ,he is also very       
careful that when he is to ,file upon   
the ,face of  the ,matrice1 to ,screw   
the ,face of it ,horizontally flat in   
the  ,vice3 ,and that in ,filing upon   
it1 he keeps his ,file directly         
,horizontal1 as was shewed1 ,numb4 #a4  
,fol4 #ae1 #af4 ,vol4 #a4 ,for  if he   
let his right or left hand dip1 the     
,file will in its ,natural  ,progress   
take too much off the side it dips upon1
 and consequently the  ,face of the     
,letter on that side will lie shallower 

from the ,face of  the ,matrice then it 
will on the opposite side4 ,the like    
caution he  makes1 in ,filing between   
the ,top and ,bottom of the ,matrice on 
the ,face4 ,for if he ,files away too   
much ,copper toward the ,top  or        
,bottom1 the ,face of the ,letter on its
 ,top or ,bottom-,line1  will lie on    
that end shallower from the ,face of the
 ,matrice4    ,then he considers by his 
,proof-,letters how much too thick the  
right  or left-side of the ,matrice is4 
,i told you in 4 #aa4 4 #d4 that the    
,angle the ,sholder made with the  ,face
 of the ,letter1 is about #ajj ,degrees1
 which is #aj ,degrees more  then a     
right ,angle or ,square4 ,so that if a  
,letter be ,cast and  ,rub'd just so    
thick that the ,liner when applied to   
the ,shanck of  the ,letter reaches just
 to the ,sholder1 there will be an      
,angle of  #aj ,degrees1 contained      
between the edge of the ,liner and the  
,straight  ,line that proceeds from the 
,sholder at the ,shanck1 to the         

outer-edge of the ,face of the ,letter4 
,and if two ,letters be thus  ,cast and 
,rub'd and ,set together1 the ,angle    
contained between  their ,shancks1 and  
the outer-edge of the ,face of the      
,letter  will be #bj ,degrees1 which is 
too wide by half for the ,faces of two  
,letters to stand assunder4 ,therefore  
the sides of the ,matrice must  be so   
,justified1 that when the ,shancks of   
two ,letters stand close  together1 the 
,angle between both the ,shancks1 and   
the adjacent  outer-edges of the ,faces 
of the ,letters may both make an ,angle 
of about #aj ,degrees as aforesaid1     
which is a convenient distance for  two 
,letters to stand assunder at the ,face4
 ,but to do which1 ,if  the right-side  
be too thick1 the ,register of the      
under-half of the  ,mold1 being 7as ,i  
said7 hard screw'd1 so as to stand about
 an n off  the edge of the ,body towards
 the right hand2 ,he places the ,foot of
  the ,matrice on the ,stool1 and the   
right-side of the ,matrice close        

against the ,register1 and observes how 
much too thick that side of  the        
,matrice is3 ,for so much as the        
right-hand edge of the ,orifice  of the 
,matrice stands on the left-hand side of
 the ,body1 so much is  the ,right-side 
of the ,matrice too thick1 and must by  
several offers  be ,filed away with a   
,bastard-,cut-,file1 not all at once1   
least 7ere  he be aware7 he makes that  
side of the ,matrice too thin1 which    
will  be a great dammage to the         
,matrice1 and cannot be mended but with 
a  ,botch1 as shall in proper place be  
shewed4    ,having by several proffers  
wrought the right-side of the ,matrice  
thus near its thickness1 he proceeds to 
,justifie the left-side also4  ,but this
 side must be ,justified by the upper   
half of the ,mold2 ,by  turning the top 
of the ,matrice downwards1 and placing  
the left-side  of it 7now the           
right-side7 against the ,register1 and  
works away the  left-side in all        
respects as he did the right-side2 still

 being very  cautious he takes not to   
much ,copper away at once4    ,to       
,justifie the ,letter in ,line he       
examins the ,proof-,letter  7yet        
standing in the ,lining-,stick7 and     
applies the ,liner to the  ,foot-line3  
,and if the ,liner touch all the way    
upon the ,foot-line  of the             
,proof-,letter and the ,foot-,line of   
all the old m's1 that  ,matrice is      
,justified in ,line4 ,but this also very
 rarely happens  at first1 for by design
 it is generally made to stand too low  
in  ,line3 ,because the ,bottom of the  
,matrice may by several proffers  be    
,filed away till the ,letter stand      
exactly in ,line4 ,but should  he take  
too much off the ,bottom of the         
,matrice1 it cannot be made  to stand   
lower without another ,botch4    ,nor   
does he reckon that this first          
,operation1 or perhaps several more     
such1 shall ,justifie the ,matrice in   
,line4 ,but after bringing both  the    
sides of the ,matrice thus near1 and    

also bringing the ,matrice  thus near   
the ,line4 ,he ,casts another           
,proof-,letter or two1 and  ,rubbing all
 the sides of their ,shancks1 as before 
was shew'd1 he  tries by ,rubbing the   
,letters how near he has brought the    
thickness  of both the sides3 ,for when 
the sides of the ,matrice are brought   
just  to such a thickness1 that the     
,shanck of the ,letter 7,cast in the    
,mold7 ,rubs flat half way up beyond the
 ,beard towards the ,face  of the       
,letter1 the ,matrice is of a convenient
 thickness1 and there  the ,angle from  
the ,beard of the ,shanck1 to the       
outer-edge of  two ,letters set         
together1 will make an ,angle of about  
#aj degrees  as aforesaid1 which being  
about one third part of a thin ,space is
 a  convenient distance for the adjacent
 edges of two ,letters to stand         
assunder3 ,but yet ,founders sometimes  
to ,get in or drive-out1  ,cast the     
,letters thinner or thicker1 and        
consequently their ,faces  stand closer 

or wider assunder1 which is unseemly    
when the ,letter  comes to be ,printed4 
,then he sets the ,proof-,letters in the
 ,lining-,stick1 between four  or five  
old m's as before1 and with the ,liner  
examins again how well  these           
,proof-,letters stand in ,line with the 
old m's1 which if they  do not1 he      
,reiterates the former ,operations so   
oft1 till the sides and  ,line of the   
,matrice is ,justified1 and at every    
,operation ,casts  new ,proof-,letters  
to examine the thickness of both the    
,sides1 and how  well the ,matrice is   
,justified to ,stand in ,line4    ,the  
,matrice being now ,justified1 he ,files
 a ,leather-,groove round  about it1    
viz4 a ,notch 7made properest with a    
three square ,file7  within about a     
thick ,scaboard of the top of the       
,matrice1 to tie the  ,leather fast to4 
,he also ,files another ,notch in the   
back-side of the ,matrice  athwart it1  
to rest the point of the ,wyer or       
,spring in4 ,but this  ,notch must by no

 means be made before the ,matrice be   
,justified to  its true ,height against 
,paper3 ,because when this ,notch is    
made1 the  ,punch cannot again be struck
 in the ,matrice2 ,for that the ,matrice
  will not lie solid on the ,stake in   
that place4      4 #c4 ,of              
,botching-,matrices1 to make them serve 
the better4    ,matrices are sometimes  
either through a careless1 or sometimes 
through an unlucky stroak or two of the 
,file made too thin4 ,and  sometimes the
 ,foot of the ,matrice is too much taken
 away1 and the  ,letter by that means   
stands too high in ,line3 ,and sometimes
 the  ,face of the ,matrices is too much
 taken away2 ,so that the ,letter  will 
not stand ,high enough against ,paper4  
,to remedy all or any part of these     
inconveniencies1 ,founders are  forced  
to make ,botches on the ,matrice3 ,as   
first1 ,if the ,matrice  be too thin on 
the right or left-side1 or both2 ,they  
prick up that  side1 by laying the      
,matrice flat on the ,work-,bench1 with 

the thin  side upwards1 and holding the 
point of a ,punch-,graver aslope upon   
the  thin side1 with an ,hammer drive   
the point into the thin side of the     
,matrice1 and so raise a ,bur upon that 
side2 which ,bur 7though  it thicken not
 the ,matrice1 yet it7 makes the side of
 the ,matrice  stand off the ,register1 
and consequently is equevalent to       
thickning  it4    ,the higher this ,bur 
is raised1 the better is the ,matrice   
,botcht2  because the thin fine points  
thus raised 7if not pretty well flatted 
into the ,substance of the ,bur7 will   
quickly either wear off by the  pressure
 of the ,register against them1 or else 
flatten into the  ,body of the ,bur1 and
 both ways makes the ,matrice again too 
thin4    ,sometimes they do not ,botch  
the ,matrice thus for this fault2 but   
only ,paste a piece of ,paper1 or a     
,card1 7according as it may want        
thickness7 against the thin side of the 
,matrice and so thicken it4    ,but to  
mend the sides ,i use another           

,expedient1 viz4 by ,soldering a  piece 
of ,plate-,brass against its thin side  
or sides1 which is much  better than    
,botching it4    ,secondly1 ,if the     
,matrice be filed away too much at the  
,foot1 they  knock it up with the ,pen  
of the ,hammer2 and stretch it between  
the  ,foot and the ,orifice of the      
,matrice1 and then ,justifie it again   
in ,line4 ,or a piece may be ,soldered  
under the ,foot4    ,thirdly1 ,if the   
,face of the ,matrice be too much taken 
away1 and  either the ,punch spoiled or 
the ,notch in the back of the ,matrice  
made so1 as it cannot be ,sunken deeper1
 they raise a ,bur on the  ,face1 as    
they did on the thin sides1 to keep the 
,matrice off the  ,carriages and ,bodies
 which ,lengthens the height of the     
,letter  against ,paper so much as is   
the height of the raised ,bur4 ,but of  
all the ,botches this is the worst1     
because the ,beard lies now  nearer the 
,face3 ,and the hollow standing off of  
the ,face of the  ,matrice from the     

,carriages and ,bodies1 subjects the    
,mettal to run  between them1 and so    
pesters the ,workman to get the ,letter 
out of the  ,mold and ,matrice4         
,sect4 ,,xviii1 ,of setting up the      
,furnance4    ,having ,justified the    
,mold and ,matrice1 we come now to      
,casting  of ,letters3 ,but yet we have 
neither ,furnance1 ,mettal1 or ,ladle4  
,wherefore it is the ,founders care1    
first to provide these4    ,the         
,furnance ,i have described in ,plate   
#bj4 ,it is built of ,brick  upright1   
with four square sides and a ,stone on  
the top1 in which ,stone  is a wide     
round hole for the ,pan to stand in4 a b
 c d ,the square  ,stone at the top1    
covering the whole ,furnance4 ,this is  
indeed the  ,furnance4 a d1 b c ,the    
breadth two ,foot and one ,inch4 a b1 c 
d ,the ,length two ,foot three ,inches4 
,into the ,breadth and ,length about    
the whole ,stone1 is let in even with   
the top of the ,stone a square  ,iron   
,band two ,inches deep1 and a quarter   

and half quarter of an ,inch  thick to  
preserve the ,edges of the ,stone from  
battering4 e ,the round  hole the ,pan  
stands in1 which hath an ,iron ,plate   
let into it eight  ,inches diameter1 an 
,inch and half broad and one quarter of 
an ,inch  thick4    ,this ,iron-,plate  
fits the inside of the ,hole so far as  
it is  ,circular1 and consequently is a 
,segment of a ,circle4 ,but where the   
,smoak-vent breaks off the ,circularity 
of the ,stone1 there ends this  ,plate  
of ,iron1 that the ,smoak may have the  
freer vent4 ,its ,office  also is to    
preserve the ,edge of the ,hole from    
battering1 with the oft  taking out and 
putting in the ,iron ,pan4      f ,the  
,funnel seven ,inches high1 and five    
,inches  wide4    g ,the ,stoke-,hole   
four ,inches wide1 and six ,inches      
long4    h h ,the height of the         
,furnance two ,foot ten  ,inches4    i  
,the ,air-,hole just underneath the     
,hearth to let  in ,air that the ,fire  
may burn the freer4    k ,the ,ash-,hole

 where the ,ashes that fall from the    
,hearth are taken away4  l m n o ,the   
,bench two ,foot broad1 three ,foot     
long1 and two ,foot  eight ,inches high4
 ,the ,bench is to empty the ,letters   
out of the  ,mold upon1 as the ,founder 
,casts them4    ,the ,hearth lies seven 
,inches below the top of the round      
,hole1 and  hath under it another round 
,iron-,ring of the same demensions with 
the first1 on which straight ,iron-,bars
 are fastened that the ,fire  is laid   
on4 ,in the round ,iron-,ring 7or rather
 ,segment7 on the top of  the ,furnance 
is set the ,pan1 which is either a      
,plate ,ladle1 or a  small ,cast-,iron  
,kettle that sinks into it within two   
,inches of the  ,brims of the ,pan4     
4 #b4 ,of making ,mettal4    ,the       
,mettal ,founders make                  
,printing-,letters of1 is ,lead hardned 
with ,iron3 ,thus they chuse stub-,nails
 for the best ,iron to ,melt1  as well  
because they are asured stub-,nails are 
made of good soft and  tough ,iron1 as  

because 7they being in small pieces of  
,iron7 will  ,melt the sooner4    ,to   
make the ,iron ,run1 they mingle an     
equal weight of ,antimony  7beaten in an
 ,iron-,morter into small pieces7 and   
stub-,nails together4  ,and preparing so
 many ,earthen forty or fifty pounds    
,melting-,pots  7made for that purpose  
to endure the ,fire7 as they intend to  
use3  ,they ,charge these ,pots with the
 mingled ,iron and ,antimony as full  as
 they will hold4    ,every time they    
,melt ,mettal1 they build a new         
,furnance to melt it  in3 ,this         
,furnance is called an ,open ,furnance2 
because the ,air blows  in through all  
its sides to ,fan the ,fire3 ,they make 
it of ,bricks in a  broad open place1 as
 well because the ,air may have free    
access to all  its sides1 as that the   
,vapours of the ,antimony 7which are    
,obnoxious7  may the less offend those  
that officiate at the ,making the       
,mettal3  ,and also because the ,violent
 ,fire made in the ,furnance should not 

endanger the ,firing any adjacent       
,houses4    ,they consider before they  
make the ,furnance how many ,pots of    
,mettal  they intend to ,melt1 and make 
the ,furnance sizable to that number3   
,we will suppose five ,pots4 ,therefore 
they first make a ,circle on  the       
,ground capable to hold these five      
,pots1 and wider yet by three or  four  
,inches round about3 ,then within this  
,circle they lay a ,course of  ,bricks  
close to one another to fill the ,plain 
of that ,platform1 with  their broad or 
flat sides downwards1 and their ends all
 one way1 and  on this ,course of       
,bricks they lay another ,course of     
,bricks as before1  only the ,lengths of
 this ,course of ,bricks lies athwart   
the ,breadths of  the other ,course of  
,bricks3 ,then they lay a third ,course 
of ,bricks with  their lengths cross the
 ,breadth of the second ,course of      
,bricks4    ,having thus raised a       
,platform1 they place these five ,pots  
in the  middle of it close to one       

another1 and then on the ,foundation or 
,platform raise the ,furnance round     
about by laying the ,bricks of  the     
first ,lay end to end and flat1 close to
 one another3 ,on the  second ,lay1 they
 place the middle of a ,brick over a    
,joynt 7as  ,brick-layers call it7 that 
is where the ends of two ,bricks joyn   
together1 and so again lay ,bricks end  
to end till they ,trim round  the       
,platform4 ,then they lay a third ,lay  
of ,bricks1 covering the  ,joynts of the
 second ,lay of ,bricks as before3 ,so  
is the ,foundation  finisht4    ,then   
they raise the ,walls to the ,furnance  
on this ,foundation2 ,but do  not lay   
the ends of their ,bricks close         
together4 ,but lay the ends of  each    
,brick about three ,inches off each     
other1 to serve for ,wind-holes  till   
they ,trim round about3 ,then they lay  
another ,lay of ,bricks  leaving other  
such ,wind-holes over the middle of the 
last ,lay of  ,bricks1 and so ,trim as  
they work round either with half ,bricks

 or  ,bats that the ,wind-holes of the  
last ,lay may be covered3 ,and in  this 
manner and order they lay so many ,lays 
till the ,walls of the  ,furnance be    
raised about three ,bricks higher than  
the ,mouths of the  ,melting-,pots1     
still observing to leave such           
,wind-holes over the  middle of every   
,brick that lies under each ,lay4       
,then they fill the sides of the        
,furnance round about the               
,melting-,pots1 and over them with      
,charcoal1 and ,fire it at several      
,wind-holes in the bottom till it burn  
up and all over the ,furnance1  which a 
moderate ,wind in about an ,hours time  
will do3 ,and about half an  ,hours time
 after they lay their ,ears near the    
,ground and listen to hear  a ,bubling  
in the ,pots2 and this they do so often 
till they do hear  it4 ,when they hear  
this ,bubling1 they conclude the ,iron  
is melted3  ,but yet they will let it   
stand1 perhaps half an hour longer or   
more1  according as they guess the ,fire

 to be ,hotter or ,cooler1 that they may
  be the more assured it is all         
throughly ,melted4 ,and when it is      
,melted  the ,melting ,pot will not be a
 quarter full4    ,and in or against    
that time they make another small       
,furnance close  to the first1 7to set  
an ,iron-,pot in1 in which they ,melt   
,lead7 on  that side from whence the    
,wind blows2 ,because the ,person that  
,lades  the ,lead out of the ,iron-,pot 
7as shall be shewed by and by7 may be   
the less annoyed with the ,fumes of the 
,mettal1 in both ,furnances4  ,this     
,furnance is made of three or four      
,course of ,bricks open to the          
windward1 and wide enough to contain the
 designed ,iron-,pot1 with room  between
 it and the sides to hold a convenient  
quantity of ,charcoal  under it1 and    
about it4    ,into this ,iron-,pot they 
put for every three ,pound of ,iron1    
about  five and twenty pounds of ,lead4 
,and setting ,fire to the ,coals in     
this little ,furnance they ,melt and    

,heat this ,lead ,red-hot4    ,hitherto 
a ,man 7nay1 a ,boy7 might officiate all
 this ,work2 ,but now  comes ,labour    
would make ,hercules sweat4 ,now they   
fall to pulling down  so much of the    
side of the open ,furnance as stands    
above the ,mouth  of that ,melting-,pot 
next the ,iron-,pot1 ,and having a thick
 strong  ,iron ,ladle1 whose ,handle is 
about two ,yards long1 and the ,ladle   
big enough to hold about ten ,pounds of 
,lead1 and this ,ladle ,red-hot  that it
 chill not the ,mettal1 they now ,i say 
with this ,ladle fall  to clearing this 
first ,melting-,pot of all the ,coals or
 filth that  lie on the top of the      
,melted ,mettal3 while another ,man at  
the same  time stands provided with a   
long strong round ,iron ,stirring ,poot2
  the ,handle of which ,stirring ,poot  
is also about two ,yards long  or more1 
and the ,poot it self almost twice the  
length of the depth  of the ,melting    
,pot4 ,this ,poot is nothing but a piece
 of the same  ,iron turned to a square  

with the ,handle3 ,and this ,poot is    
also in a  readiness heated ,red-hot4   
,now one ,man with the ,ladle ,lades the
 ,lead out of the ,iron-,pot  into the  
,melting ,pot1 while the other ,man with
 the ,poot stirs  and ,labours the ,lead
 and ,mettal in the ,melting ,pot       
together  till they think the ,lead and 
,mettal in the ,melting ,pot be well    
incorporated3 ,and thus they continue   
,lading and ,stirring till they  have   
near filled the ,melting ,pot4    ,then 
they go to another next ,melting-,pot1  
and successively to all1  and ,lade and 
stir ,lead into them as they did into   
the first4 ,which  done the ,mettal is  
made3 ,and they pull down the ,walls of 
the ,open  ,furnance1 and rake away the 
,fire that the ,mettal may cool in the  
,pots4    ,now 7according to ,custom7 is
 ,half a ,pint of ,sack mingled with    
,sallad  ,oyl1 provided for each        
,workman to ,drink2 intended for an     
,antidote  against the ,poysonous ,fumes
 of the ,antimony1 and to restore the   

,spirits that so ,violent a ,fire and   
,hard ,labour may have exhausted4       
,illustration3  ,plate #bj4        4 #c4
 ,of ,letter-,ladles4    ,letter-,ladles
 differ nothing from other common       
,ladles1 save in the  size3 ,yet ,i have
 given you a ,draft of one in ,plate #bj
 at ,a4 ,of these  the ,caster has many 
at ,hand1 and many of several sizes that
 he may  successively chuse one to fit  
the several sizes of ,letters he has to 
,cast2 as well in ,bodies as in         
,thicknesses4      4 ,,xix4 4 #a4 ,of   
,casting1 ,breaking1 ,rubbing1 ,kerning1
 and setting up  of ,letters4    ,before
 the ,caster begins to ,cast he must    
kindle his ,fire in the  ,furnance1 to  
,melt the ,mettal in the ,pan4          
,therefore he takes  the ,pan out of the
 ,hole in the ,stone1 and there lays in 
,coals and  kindles them4 ,and when it  
is well kindled1 he sets the ,pan in    
again1  and puts ,mettal into it to     
,melt4 ,if it be a small ,bodyed-,letter
  he ,casts1 or a thin ,letter of ,great

 ,bodies1 his ,mettal must  be very hot2
 nay1 sometimes ,red-hot to make the    
,letter ,come4 ,then  having chose a    
,ladle that will hold about so much as  
the ,letter and  ,break is1 he lays it  
at the ,stoking-hole1 where the ,flame  
bursts  out to heat4 ,then he ties a    
thin ,leather cut into such a ,figure as
 is  described in ,plate #bj at ,b with 
its narrow end against the ,face to  the
 ,leather-,groove of the ,matrice1 by   
whipping a ,brown ,thread twice  about  
the ,leather-,groove1 and fastning the  
,thread with a ,knot4 ,then  he puts    
both ,halves of the ,mold together1 and 
puts the ,matrice  into the ,matrice    
,cheek1 and places the ,foot of the     
,matrice on  the ,stool of the ,mold1   
and the broad end of the ,leather upon  
the  ,wood of the upper half of the     
,mold1 but not tight up1 lest it might  
hinder the ,foot of the ,matrice from   
,sinking close down upon the  ,stool in 
a train of ,work4 ,then laying a little 
,rosin on the upper  ,wood of the ,mold1

 and having his ,casting ,ladle hot1 he 
with the  bolling side of it ,melts the 
,rosin2 ,and when it is yet ,melted     
presses  the broad end of the ,leather  
hard down on the ,wood1 and so fastens  
it to the ,wood4 ,all this is           
,preparation4    ,now he comes to       
,casting4 ,wherefore placing the        
under-half of the  ,mold in his left    
hand1 with the ,hook or ,hag forward1 he
 clutches  the ends of its ,wood between
 the lower part of the ,ball of his     
,thumb and his three hind-,fingers4     
,then he lays the upper half the  ,mold 
upon the under-half1 so as the          
,male-,gages may fall into the          
,female-,gages1 and at the same time the
 ,foot of the ,matrice place  it self   
upon the ,stool4 ,and clasping his      
left-hand ,thumb strong over  the upper 
half of the ,mold1 he nimbly catches    
hold of the ,bow or  ,spring with his   
right-hand ,fingers at the top of it1   
and his ,thumb  under it1 and places the
 point of it against the middle of the  

,notch  in the back-side of the         
,matrice1 pressing it as well forwards  
towards  the ,mold1 as downwards by the 
,sholder of the ,notch close upon the   
,stool1 while at the same time with his 
hinder-,fingers as aforesaid1  he draws 
the under-half of the ,mold towards the 
,ball of his ,thumb1  and thrusts by the
 ,ball of his ,thumb the upper part     
towards his  ,fingers1 that both the    
,registers of the ,mold may press       
against  both sides of the ,matrice1 and
 his ,thumb and ,fingers press both     
,halves of the ,mold close together4    
,then he takes the ,handle of his ,ladle
 in his right ,hand1 and with the  ,boll
 of it gives a stroak two or three      
outwards upon the ,surface  of the      
,melted ,mettal to scum or clear it from
 the ,film or ,dust that  may swim upon 
it4 ,then takes up the ,ladle full of   
,mettal1 and  having his ,mold as       
aforesaid in his left hand1 he a little 
twists the  left-side of his ,body from 
the ,furnance1 and brings the ,geat of  

his ,ladle 7full of ,mettal7 to the     
,mouth of the ,mold1 and twists  the    
upper part of his right-hand towards him
 to turn the ,mettal  into it1 while at 
the same moment of ,time he ,jilts the  
,mold in his  left hand forwards to     
receive the ,mettal with a strong ,shake
 7as  it is call'd7 not only into the   
,bodies of the ,mold1 but while the     
,mettal is yet hot1 running swift and   
strongly into the very ,face  of the    
,matrice to receive its perfect ,form   
there1 as well as in the  ,shanck4      
,then he takes the upper half of the    
,mold off the under-half1 by  placing   
his right-,hand ,thumb on the end of the
 ,wood next his  left-,hand ,thumb1 and 
his two middle-,fingers at the other end
 of the  ,wood1 and finding the ,letter 
and ,break lie in the under-,half of the
  ,mold 7as most commonly by reason of  
its weight it does7 he throws or  tosses
 the ,letter ,break and all upon a      
,sheet of ,waste-,paper laid for  that  
purpose on the ,bench just a little     

beyond his left-hand1 and  is then ready
 to ,cast another ,letter as before1 and
 also the whole  number that is to be   
,cast with that ,matrice4    ,but       
sometimes it happens that by a ,shake1  
or too big a ,ladle1 the  ,mettal may   
spill or slabber over the ,mouth of the 
upper ,half of the  ,mold1 so that the  
spilt ,mettal sticking about the        
outsides of the  ,mouth1 may lift the   
,letter off the under-half of the ,mold1
 and keep  it in the upper half4        
,therefore he with the point of the ,hag
 in the  ,wood of the under-half of the 
,mold1 picks at the hollow in the fore  
part of the ,break made by the ,shaking 
out of the ,mettal1 and  draws ,break   
and ,letter both out4 ,it sometimes     
sticks in the under  ,half of the ,mold 
by the same cause1 and then he uses the 
point of  the ,hag in the upper half of 
the ,mold1 to pick or hale it out1 as   
before4    ,it also sometimes sticks    
when any of the ,joynts of the ,mold    
open  never so little1 the ,mettal thus 

getting in between those ,joynts3 ,but  
this fault is not to be indured1 for    
before he can ,cast any more1  this     
fault must be mended4    ,but besides   
,letters1 there is to be ,cast for a    
perfect ,fount  7properly a ,fund7      
,spaces ,thick and ,thin1 n ,quadrats1 m
 ,quadrats  and ,quadrats4 ,these are   
not ,cast with ,matrices but with ,stops
  7as we may call them7 ,because when   
these are ,cast they are all  shorter   
than the ,shanck of the ,letter1 that   
they may not ,print4  ,therefore they   
take off the ,register of the           
under-,half ,mold1 and  fit a piece of  
,plate-,brass about a ,brevier ,thick   
and a ,brevier  longer than to reach to 
the edge of the ,body in the place of   
the  ,register1 and drill a hole in this
 ,plate-,brass right against the  ,hole 
in the ,carriage that the ,female-,screw
 lies in3 ,this ,hole  is made so wide  
that the ,male-,screw which screwed the 
,register  close to the ,carriage and   
,body may enter in at it1 and screw this

  ,plate-,brass close to them1 as it did
 the ,register3 ,then they make a  mark 
with the point of a ,needle on the      
,plate-,brass just against the  side of 
the ,edge of the ,body1 and at this mark
 they double down the  end of the       
,plate-,brass inwards to make a perfect 
,square with the  inside of the whole   
,plate4 ,this doubling down is called   
the ,stop  aforesaid1 and must be made  
just so thick as they design the ,thin  
or  ,thick ,space to be1 and must have  
its ,upper and ,under-,edges filed so   
exactly to the ,body1 that it may lie   
close upon the ,under-,carriage1  and   
just even so high as the upper-side of  
the ,body4 ,so that when the  ,upper    
half of the ,mold is placed on the      
under-,half1 and ,mettal ,cast  in at   
the ,mouth 7as before7 the ,mettal shall
 descend no deeper  between the two     
,bodies then just to his ,stop3 ,you    
must note that  this ,stop must be filed
 exactly true as to ,body and           
,thickness3  ,for if it be never so     

little too big in ,body1 the ,carriage  
of the  ,mold will ride upon it and make
 the ,body of the ,space bigger4 ,or  if
 the ,body be never so little too       
little1 the ,hot ,mettal will run       
beyond the ,stop2 both which            
,miscarriages in making the ,stop1 spoil
  the ,space4    ,if the ,space be too  
short1 they ,file the end of the ,stop  
shorter4    ,this ,brevier thick ,plate 
will be thick enough for ,stops for the 
,thin or ,thick ,spaces of any ,body    
though of ,great-,cannon1 and for  the n
 ,quadrat ,stop of any ,body under a    
,great-,primmer4 ,and for the  m        
,quadrat ,stop of all to a ,brevier and 
all ,bodies under it4 ,but  for ,stops  
that require to be ,thicker then a      
,brevier1 instead of  doubling the ,stop
 inwards on the ,plate1 ,i ,solder on   
the inside  of that end of the ,plate a 
,stop full big enough in ,body1 and big 
enough in ,thickness for the ,quadrat ,i
 intend to make1 and afterwards  file   
and fit the ,stop exactly as before4    

,when they ,cast these ,spaces or       
,quadrats1 this ,stop is always  screwed
 fast upon the ,carriage of the         
under-,half ,mold as aforesaid4  ,so    
that they only fit the upper half ,mold 
on the under1 and ,cast  their ,number  
almost twice as quick as they do the    
,letters in ,matrices4    ,it is        
generally observed by ,work-men as a    
,rule1 ,that when they ,cast  ,quadrats 
they ,cast them exactly to the          
,thickness of a set ,number of  m's or  
,body1 viz4 two m's thick1 three m's    
thick1 four m's thick1  c4 ,and         
therefore the ,stops aforesaid must all 
be filed exactly  to their several      
intended thicknesses1 ,the reason is1   
that when the  ,compositer ,indents any 
,number of ,lines1 he may have ,quadrats
 so  exactly ,cast that he shall not    
need to ,justifie them either with      
,spaces or other helps4      4 #b4 ,some
 ,rules and ,circumstances to be        
observed in ,casting4    #a4 ,if the    
,letter be a small ,body1 it requires a 

,harder ,shake than  a great ,body does3
 ,or if it be a thin ,letter though of a
 greater  ,body1 especially small i1    
being a thin ,letter its ,tittle will   
hardly ,come2 ,so that sometimes the    
,caster is forced to put a little       
,block-,tin into his ,mettal1 which     
makes the ,mettal ,thinner1 and         
consequently have a freer flux to the   
,face of the ,matrice4    #b4 ,he often 
examines the ,registers of the ,mold1 by
 often ,rubbing  a ,cast ,letter3 ,for  
notwithstanding the ,registers were     
carefully  ,justified before1 and hard  
screwed up2 yet the constant thrusting  
of both ,registers against the sides of 
the ,matrice1 may and often  do force   
them more or less to drive backwards4   
,or a fall of one half  or both ,halfs  
of the ,mold1 may drive them backwards  
or forwards3  ,therefore he examins1 as 
,i said1 how they ,rub1 whether too     
,thick or  too ,thin4 ,and if he see    
,cause1 mends the ,registers1 as ,i     
shew'd 4 #e4  4 #b4    ,or if the       

,matrice be ,botcht1 as ,i shew'd you 4 
#e4 4 #c4 then those  ,botches 7being   
only so many fine points rising out of  
the ,body of the  ,copper of the        
,matrice7 may with so many reiterated   
pressures of the  ,registers against    
them1 flatten more and more1 and press  
towards the  ,body of the ,matrice1 and 
consequently make the ,letter ,thinner3 
,which  if it do1 this must be mended in
 the ,matrice by re-raising it to its   
due ,thickness4    #c4 ,he pretty often 
examins1 as ,i shew'd in 4 #e4 4 #b4 how
 the ,letters  stand in ,line3 ,for when
 great ,numbers are ,cast with one      
,matrice1  partly by pressing the point 
of the ,wyer against the                
,bottom-,sholder  of the ,notch in the  
back-side of the ,matrice1 and partly by
  the softness of the matter of his     
,matrice and hardness of the            
,iron-stool1 the ,foot of the ,matrice  
7if it wear not7 may batter  so much as 
to put the ,letter out of ,line4 ,this  
must be mended with a  ,botch1 viz4 by  

knocking up the ,foot of the ,matrice1  
as ,i shew'd  4 #e4 4 #c4    ,a ,workman
 will ,cast about four thousand of these
 ,letters ordinarily  in one day4      4
 #c4 ,of ,breaking off ,letters4        
,breaking off is commonly ,boys-work3   
,it is only to ,break the ,break  from  
the ,shanck of the ,letter4 ,all the    
care in it is1 that he take  up the     
,letter by its ,thickness1 not its ,body
 7unless its ,thickness  be equal to its
 ,body7 with the fore-,finger and ,thumb
 of his right ,hand  as close to the    
,break as he can1 lest if when the      
,break be between  the fore-,finger and 
,thumb of his left hand1 the force of   
,breaking off  the ,break should bow the
 ,shanck of the ,letter4      4 #d4 ,of 
,rubbing of ,letters4    ,rubbing of    
,letters is also most commonly          
,boys-work3 ,but when they  do it1 they 
provide ,finger-stalls for the two      
fore-,fingers of the  right-,hand3 ,for 
else the ,skin of their ,fingers would  
quickly rub off  with the sharp greet of

 the ,stone4 ,these ,finger-stalls are  
made of  old ,ball-,leather or ,pelts   
that ,printers have done with3 ,then    
having an heap of one sort of ,letters  
lying upon the ,stone before  them1 with
 the left hand they pick up the ,letter 
to be ,rub'd1 and  lay it down in the   
,rubbing place with one of its sides    
upwards they  clap the ,balls of the    
fore-,finger and middle-,finger upon the
 fore and  hinder-ends of the ,letter1  
and ,rubbing the ,letter pretty lightly 
backwards about eight or nine ,inches1  
they bring it forwards again with  an   
hard pressing ,rub upon the ,stone2     
where the fore-,finger and  ,thumb of   
the left hand is ready to receive it1   
and quickly turn the  opposite side of  
the ,letter1 to take such a ,rub as the 
other side  had4    ,but in ,rubbing    
they are very careful that they press   
the ,balls of  their ,fingers equally   
hard on the ,head and ,foot of the      
,letter4  ,for if the ,head and ,foot be
 not equally prest on the ,stone1       

either the ,head or ,foot will drive-out
 when the ,letters come to  be ,composed
 in the ,stick2 ,so that without        
,rubbing over again they  cannot be     
,drest4      4 #e4 ,of ,kerning of      
,letters4    ,amongst the               
,italick-,letters many are to be        
,kern'd1 some only on one  side1 and    
some both sides4 ,the ,kern'd-,letters  
are such as have part  of their ,face   
hanging over one side or both sides of  
their ,shanck3  ,these cannot be ,rub'd1
 because part of the ,face would ,rub   
away when the whole side of the ,shanck 
is toucht by the ,stone3  ,therefore    
they must be ,kern'd1 as ,founders call 
it3 ,which to do1  they provide a small 
,stick bigger or less1 according as the 
,body of  the ,letter that is to be     
,kern'd4 ,this ,kerning-stick is        
somewhat  more than an ,handful long1   
and it matters not whether it be square 
or round3 ,but if it be square the      
,edges of it must be pretty well        
rounded away1 lest with long usage and  

hard ,cutting they ,gall the ,hand4     
,the upper-side of this ,kerning-,stick 
is flatted away somewhat more  than the 
length of the ,letter1 and on that flat 
part is cut away a  flat bottom with two
 square sides like the ,sides or ,ledges
 of the  ,lining-stick to serve for two 
,sholders4 ,that side to be ,kern'd  and
 scrap'd1 is laid upwards1 and its      
opposite side on the bottom of  the     
,kerning-stick with the ,foot of the    
,letter against the bottom  ,sholder1   
and the side of the ,letter against the 
side ,sholder of  the ,kerning-stick4   
,he also provides a ,kerning-,knife3    
,this is a pretty strong piece  of a    
broken ,knife1 about three ,inches long1
 which he fits into a  ,wooden-,handle3 
,but first he breaks off the ,back of   
the ,knife towards  the ,point1 so as   
the whole edge lying in a straight line 
the piece  broken off from the back to  
the edge may leave an angle at the point
 of  about #de ,degrees1 which irregular
 breaking 7for so we must suppose it7   

he either ,grinds or ,rubs off on a     
,grind-stone4 ,then he takes a  piece of
 a ,broom-stick for his ,handle1 and    
splits one end of it about  two ,inches 
long towards the other end1 and the     
split part he either  ,cuts or ,rasps   
away about a ,brevier deep round about  
that end of the  ,handle4 ,then he puts 
about an ,inch and an half of his broken
 blade  into the split or slit in the   
,handle1 and ties a four or five doubled
  ,paper a little below the ,rasped part
 of the ,handle round about it1 to      
either a ,pica or ,long-,primmer thick  
of the slit end of the ,handle4  ,this  
,paper is so ordered that all its sides 
round about shall stand  equally distant
 from all the ,rasped part of the       
,handle3 ,for then  setting the other   
end of the ,handle in ,clay1 or         
otherwise fastening  it upright1 when   
,mettal is poured in between the ,rasped
 part of  the ,handle and the ,paper    
about it1 that ,mettal will make a      
strong  ,ferril to the ,handle of the   

,knife4 ,the irregularities that may    
happen in ,casting this ,ferril may be  
,rasped away to make it more  handy and 
,handsome4    ,now to return again where
 ,i left off4 ,holding the ,handle of   
the  ,kerning-stick in his left hand1   
,he lays the side of the ,letter  to be 
,kern'd upwards with the ,face of the   
,letter towards the  end of the         
,kerning-stick3 the side of the ,letter 
against the side  ,sholder of the       
,kerning-stick1 and the ,foot of the    
,letter  against the bottom ,sholder of 
the ,kerning-stick1 and laying the  end 
of the ,ball of his left-,hand ,thumb   
hard upon the ,shanck of the  ,letter to
 keep its ,side and ,foot steddy against
 the ,sholders  of the ,kerning-stick1  
he with the ,kerning-,knife in his      
right-,hand  cuts off about one quarter 
of the ,mettal between the ,beard of the
  ,shanck and the ,face of the ,letter4 
,then turning his ,knife so as  the back
 of it may lean towards him1 he scrapes 
towards him with the  edge of the ,knife

 about half the length of that          
upper-side1 viz4  about so much as his  
,thumb does not cover3 ,then he turns   
the ,face of  the ,letter against the   
lower ,sholder of the ,kerning-stick1   
and  scraping fromwards him with a      
stroak or two of his ,knife smoothens   
that end of the ,letter also4    ,if the
 other side of the ,letter be not to be 
,kern'd it was before  ,rub'd on the    
,stone1 as was shewed in the last 3 ,but
 if it be to be  ,kern'd1 then he makes 
a little hole in his ,kerning-stick1    
close to  the lower ,sholder of it and  
full deep enough to receive all that    
part  of the ,face of the ,letter that  
hangs over the ,shanck1 that the        
,shanck of the ,letter may lie flat and 
solid on the bottom of the              
,kerning-stick1 and that so the ,shanck 
of the ,letter bow not when  the weight 
of the hand presses the edge of the     
,kerning-,knife hard  upon it4 ,into    
this hole he puts 7as before said7 so   
much of the ,face  of the ,letter as    

hangs over the side of the ,shanck1 and 
so scrapes  the lower end of the ,letter
 and ,kerns the upper end1 as he did the
  former side of the ,letter4      4 #f4
 ,of ,setting up1 or ,composing         
,letters4    ,i described in 4 #e4 4 #b4
 the ,lining-stick1 ,but now we are come
  to ,setting up1 or ,composing of      
,letters4 ,the ,founder must  provide   
many ,composing-,sticks2 five or six    
dozen at the least4 ,these              
,composing-sticks are indeed but long   
,lining-sticks1 about seven or  eight   
and twenty ,inches long ,handle and all3
 ,whereof the ,handle  is about three   
,inches and an half long3 ,but as the   
,lining-stick ,i  described was made of 
,brass3 ,so these ,composing-sticks are 
made of  ,beech-,wood4    ,when the ,boy
 ,sets up ,letters 7for it is commonly  
,boys-,work7 ,the  ,caster ,casts about 
an hundred ,quadrats of the same ,body  
about  half an ,inch broad at least1 let
 the ,body be what it will1 and of  the 
length of the whole ,carriage1 only by  

placing a flat ,brass  or ,iron ,plate  
upon the ,stool of the ,mold close      
against the  ,carriage and ,body1 to    
stop the ,mettal from running farther4  
,the ,boy 7,i say7 takes the            
,composing-stick by the ,handle in his  
left hand1 clasping it about with his   
four ,fingers1 and puts the  ,quadrat   
first into the ,composing-stick1 and    
lays the ,ball of his  ,thumb upon it1  
and with the fore-,finger and ,thumb of 
his right-,hand1  assisted by his       
middle-finger to turn the ,letter to a  
proper  position1 with its ,nick upwards
 towards the bottom side of the         
,composing-stick2 while it is coming to 
the ,stick1 he at the same  time lifts  
up the ,thumb of his left hand1 and with
 it receives and  holds the ,letter     
against the fore-side of the ,quadrat1  
and after  it1 all the ,letters of the  
same sort1 if the ,stick will hold them1
  ,if not he ,sets them in so many      
,sticks as will hold them3 ,observing   
to ,set all the ,nicks of them upwards1 

as aforesaid4 ,and as he ,set  a        
,quadrat at the beginning of the        
,composing-stick1 so he fills not  his  
,stick so full1 but that he may ,set    
another such ,quadrat at  the end of it4
      4 #g4 ,some ,rules and            
,circumstances to be observed in        
,setting up  ,letters4    #a4 ,if they  
,drive a little out at ,head or ,foot1  
so little as not  to require new        
,rubbing again1 then he holds his ,thumb
 harder against  the ,head or ,foot1 so 
as to draw the ,driving end inward3 ,for
  else when they come to ,scraping1 and 
,dressing the ,hook of the              
,dressing-,hook drawing ,square1 will   
endanger the middle or some other  part 
of ,letters in the ,stick to ,spring    
out3 ,and when they come  into the      
,dressing-block1 the ,knots of the      
,blocks drawing also  square subject    
them to the same inconvenience4 ,and if 
they ,drive out  at the ,head1 the ,feet
 will more or less stand off one        
another3 ,so  that when the ,tooth of   

the ,plow comes to ,dress the ,feet1 it 
will more or less job against every     
,letter1 and be apt to make a  bowing at
 the ,feet1 or at least make a ,bur on  
their sides at the  ,feet4    #b4 ,when 
,short-,letters are begun to be ,set up 
in a ,stick1 the  whole ,stick must be  
fill'd with ,short-,letters3 ,because   
when they  are ,dressing1 the           
,short-,letters must be ,bearded on both
 sides  the ,body3 ,and should          
,short-,letters or ,ascending or        
,descending  or ,long stand together1   
the ,short cannot be ,bearded because   
the  ,stems of the ,ascending or        
,descending or ,long-,letters reach     
upon the ,body to the ,beard3 ,so that  
the ,short-,letters cannot be  ,bearded1
 unless the ,stems of the other ,letters
 should be scraped  off4    #c4 ,when   
,long-,letters are begun to be ,set up  
in the ,stick1 none  but such must fill 
it1 for the reason aforesaid4    #d4 ,if
 any ,letters ,kern'd on one side be to 
be ,set up1 and the  ,stems of the same 

,letters reach not to the opposite      
,beard as s or  f1 in ,setting up these 
or such like ,letters1 every next       
,letter is  turned with its ,nick       
downwards1 that the ,kern of each       
,letter may  lie over the ,beard of its 
next4 ,but then they must be all ,set up
  again with a ,short-,letter between   
each1 that they may be ,bearded4    ,as 
every ,stick-full is set up1 he sets    
them by upon the ,racks1  ready for the 
,dresser to ,dress1 as shall be shewed  
in the next 4    ,illustration3 ,plate  
#ba4    ,the ,racks are described in    
,plate #ba4 at ,a4 ,they are made of    
,square  ,deal ,battens about seven     
,inches and an half long1 as at a b a b 
a  b1 and are at the ends b b b let into
 two upright ,stiles1 standing  about   
sixteen ,inches and an half assunder1   
and the fore-ends of the  ,racks        
mounting a little1 that when ,sticks of 
,letters is ,set by  on any two parallel
 ,racks1 there may be no danger that the
 ,letters  in them shall slide off      

forward2 but their ,feet rest against   
the  ,bottom-,ledges of the             
,composing-sticks4 ,they set by as many 
of these  ,sticks with ,letter in them1 
as will stand upon one another between  
every two ,rails1 and then set another  
pile of ,sticks with ,letter  in them   
before the first1 till the length of the
 ,rail be also filled  with ,sticks of  
,letter before one another4 ,they set   
all the ,sticks  of ,letters with their 
ends even to one another with the ,faces
 of  the ,letter forwards4    ,this     
,frame of ,racks is always placed near  
the ,dressing-,bench1 that  it may stand
 convenient to the ,letter-,dressers    
,hand4      4 #bj4 4 #a4 ,of ,dressing  
of ,letters4    ,there be several ,tools
 and ,machines used to the ,dressing of 
,letters3 ,and unless ,i should describe
 them to you first1 you might  perhaps  
in my following discourse not well      
understand me3 ,wherefore ,i  shall     
begin with them3 ,they are as follows4  
#a4 ,the ,dressing-,sticks4    #b4 ,the 

,bench1 ,blocks and its ,appurtenances4 
#c4 ,the ,dressing-,hook4    #d4 ,the   
,dressing-,knife4    #e4 ,the ,plow4    
#f4 ,the ,mallet4    ,of each of these  
in order4      4 #b4 ,of the            
,dressing-,sticks4    ,i need give no   
other ,description of the               
,dressing-sticks1 than ,i did  in the   
last 4 and 4 of the ,composing-,sticks3 
,only they are made of  hard ,wood1 and 
of greater ,substance1 as well because  
hard ,wood will  work smoother than soft
 ,wood1 as because greater ,substance is
 less  ,subject to warp or shake than   
smaller ,substance is4 ,and also because
  hard ,wood is less ,subject to be     
penetrated by the sharpness of the  ,bur
 of the ,mettal on the ,letters than the
 soft4      4 #c4 ,of the ,block-,grove1
 and its ,appurtenances4    ,the        
,block-,grove is described in ,plate    
#ba4 a b4 ,the ,groove in  which the    
,blocks are laid1 two ,inches deep1 and 
seven ,inches and an  half wide at one  
end1 and seven ,inches wide at the other

 end3 ,one of  the ,cheeks as c is three
 ,inches and an half broad at one end1  
and  three ,inches broad at the other   
end1 and the other ,cheek three ,inches 
broad the whole ,length3 ,the ,length of
 these ,cheeks are two and  twenty      
,inches4    ,illustration3 ,plate #bb4  
,the ,wedge e f is seven and twenty     
,inches and an half long1 two  ,inches  
broad at one end1 and three ,inches and 
an half broad at the  other end2 ,and   
two ,inches deep4    g g g g ,the ,bench
 on which the ,dressing-,blocks are     
placed1 are  about sixteen ,inches      
broad1 and two ,foot ten ,inches high   
from the  ,floor4 ,the ,bench hath its  
farther ,side1 and both ends1 railed    
about  with slit ,deal about two ,inches
 high1 that the ,hook1 the ,knife1 and  
,plow1 c4 fall not off when the ,workman
 is at ,work4    ,the ,blocks are       
described in ,plate #ba at a b3 ,they   
are made of  hard ,wood4 ,these ,blocks 
are six and twenty ,inches long1 and    
each  two ,inches square4 ,they are     

,male and ,female1 a the ,male1 b the   
,female3 ,through the whole ,length of  
the ,male-,block runs a ,tongue  as at a
 b1 and a ,groove as at c d1 for the    
,tongue of the ,plow  to run in2 ,this  
,tongue is about half an ,inch thick1   
and stands out  square from the upper   
and under-sides of the ,block4 ,about   
three  ,inches within the ends of the   
,block is placed a ,knot as at c c3     
,these ,knots are small square pieces of
 ,box-wood1 the one above1 and  the     
other below the ,tongue4    ,the        
,female- ,block is such another ,block  
as the ,male-,block1 only1  instead of a
 ,tongue running through the length of  
it a ,groove is  made to receive the    
,tongue of the ,male-,block1 and the    
,knots in  this ,block are made at the  
contrary ends1 that when the ,face of  a
 ,stick of ,letter is placed on the     
,tongue the ,knot in the  ,male-,block  
stops the ,stick of ,letter from sliding
 forwards1  while the other ,knot in the
 ,female-,block at the other end1 by the

  knocking of a ,mallet on the end of   
the ,block forces the ,letter  between  
the ,blocks forwards1 and so the whole  
,stick of ,letters  between these two   
,knots are screwzed together1 and by the
 ,wedge  e f in ,plate #ba 7also with   
the force of a ,mallet7 ,wedges the  two
 ,blocks and the ,stick of ,letter in   
them also tight1 and close  between the 
sides of the two ,blocks2 that          
afterwards the ,plow may  more certainly
 do its ,office upon the ,foot of the   
,letter2 as shall  be shewed            
hereafter4#a      4 #c4 ,of the         
,dressing-,hook4    ,the ,dressing-,hook
 is described in ,plate #ba at c4 ,this 
is a long  square ,rod of ,iron1 about  
two ,foot long and a ,great-,primmer    
square3 ,its end a is about a           
two-,lin'd-,english thick1 and hath a   
small ,return piece of ,iron made square
 to the under-side of the  ,rod1 that   
when the whole ,dressing-,hook is laid  
along a ,stick of  ,letter1 this ,return
 piece or ,hook may1 when the ,rod is   

drawn  with the ,ball of the ,thumb1 by 
the ,knot on the upper-side of it at  c1
 draw all the ,letter in the ,stick     
tight and close up together1  that the  
,stick of ,letter may be ,scraped1 as   
shall be shewed4      4 #d4 ,of the     
,dressing-,knife4    ,the               
,dressing-,knife is delineated at d in  
,plate #ba4 ,it is only  a short piece  
of a ,knife broken off about two ,inches
 from the  ,sholder3 ,but its ,edge is  
,basil'd away from the back to the point
  pretty suddenly to make it the        
stronger3 ,the ,sprig or ,pin of the    
,handle is commonly let into an ,hole   
drilled into a piece of the ,tip  of an 
,harts-horn1 as in the ,figure and is   
fastned in with ,rosen1 as  other       
,knives are into their ,handles4      4 
#e4 ,of the ,plow4    ,the ,plow is     
delineated in ,plate #ba at e3 ,it is   
almost a common  ,plain 7which ,i have  
already described in ,vol4 #a4 ,numb4   
#d4 ,plate  #d4 and 4 #b to #i47 only   
with this distinction1 that through the 

length  of the ,sole runs such a        
,tongue1 as does through the            
,male-,block  to slide tight and yet    
easily through the ,groove made on the  
top of  the ,male-block3 ,its ,blade    
makes an ,angle of #fj ,degrees with the
  ,sole of it4      4 #ba4 4 #a4 ,of    
,dressing of ,letters4    ,the          
,letter-,dresser hath 7as ,i told you   
before7 his ,letter ,set up  in         
,composing-sticks1 with their ,nicks    
upwards1 and those ,sticks  set upon the
 ,racks3 ,therefore he takes one ,stick 
off the ,racks1  and placing the ,handle
 of the ,composing-stick in his left    
hand1 he  takes the contrary end of the 
,dressing-stick in his right-hand1 and  
laying the ,back of the ,dressing-stick 
even upon or rather a little  hanging   
over the ,back of the ,composing-stick1 
that the ,feet of the  ,letter may fall 
within the ,bottom-,ledge of the        
,dressing-stick2 ,he  at the same time  
fits the ,side-,ledge of the            
,dressing-stick against  the farther end

 of the ,line of ,letters in the        
,composing-stick3  ,and holding then    
both ,sticks together1 his left hand at 
the  ,handle-end of the                 
,composing-stick1 and his right-,hand   
within about  two ,handfuls of the      
,handle-end of the ,dressing-stick1 ,he 
turns  his ,hands1 ,sticks and all1     
outward from his left hand1 till the    
,composing-stick lies flat upon the     
,dressing-stick1 and consequently  the  
,letters in the ,composing-stick is     
turned and laid upon the                
,dressing-stick4    ,then he goes as    
near the ,light as he can with the      
,letters in his  ,dressing-stick1 and   
examins what ,letters ,come not well    
either in  the ,face or ,shanck3 ,so    
that then holding the ,dressing-stick in
  his left hand1 and tilting the        
,bottom-,ledge a little downward1 that  
the ,feet of the ,letter may rest       
against the ,bottom-,ledge1 and  laying 
the ,ball of his ,thumb upon any certain
 ,number of ,letters  between his ,body 

and the ,letter to be ,cast out1 ,he    
with the  ,foot of a ,space or some thin
 ,letter1 lifts up the ,letter to be    
,cast out1 and lets it fall upon the    
,dressing-,bench3 and thus he  does to  
all the ,letters in that ,stick that are
 to be ,thrown out4    ,then taking     
again the ,dressing-,stick in his left  
hand at or near the  handle of it1 he   
takes the ,dressing-,hook at the ,knot1 
between the  fore-,finger and ,thumb of 
his right-,hand1 and laying the ,hook   
over  the edge of the ,quadrat at the   
farther end of the ,dressing-stick1     
near the bottom-,ledge of it1 he slips  
his right-hand to the ,handle  of the   
,dressing-stick1 and his left hand      
towards the middle of the               
,dressing-stick1 so as the end of the   
,ball of his ,thumb may draw  by the    
farther end of the ,knot on the         
,dressing-,hook the whole               
,dressing-,hook1 and the ,hook at the   
end of it the whole ,stick of  ,letter  
close together towards him2 ,while at   

the same time he with his  ,fingers     
clutched about the ,stick and ,letter1  
and the ,thumb-ball  of his hand presses
 the under flat of the ,hooking-stick   
close against  the ,letter and          
,dressing-stick1 that the ,letter in the
 ,stick may  lie fast and manageable4   
,then he takes the ,handle of the       
,dressing-,knife in his right-,hand1    
and inclining the back of it towards his
 ,body1 that its ,basil-edge  may ,cut  
or ,scrap the smoother1 ,he ,scrapes    
twice or thrice upon so  much of the    
whole ,line of ,letters as lies between 
the outer-side of  the ,dressing-,hook  
and the ,face of the ,letter4    ,but if
 twice or thrice ,scraping1 have not    
taken all the ,bur or  irregularities   
off so much of the ,letter as he        
,scraped upon1 he  ,scrapes yet longer  
and oftner till the whole number of     
,letters in  the ,dressing-stick from   
end to end seems but one intire piece of
  ,mettal4    ,thus is that side of the 
fore-part 7viz4 that part towards the   

,face7 of the ,shanck of the ,body      
finisht4    ,to ,scrape the other end of
 that side of the ,letter1 viz4 that    
towards the ,feet2 ,he turns the ,handle
 of the ,stick from him1 and  removing  
the ,dressing-,hook towards the ,face of
 the ,letter which  is already ,scraped1
 he places his ,thumb against the ,knot 
of the  ,dressing-,hook1 and presses it 
hard from him1 that the ,hook of the    
,dressing-,hook being now towards him1  
may force the whole ,stick of  ,letter  
forwards against the ,side-,ledge of the
 ,dressing-stick2  that so the whole    
,line in the ,stick may lie again the   
faster and  more manageable3 ,then he   
,scrapes with the ,dressing-,knife as   
before1  till the end of the ,shanck of 
the ,letter towards the ,feet be also   
,drest4    ,then he lays by his         
,dressing-,hook1 and keeping his        
,dressing-stick  of ,letter still in his
 left hand1 he takes a second           
,dressing-stick1  with its ,handle in   
his right-,hand1 and lays the           

,side-,ledge of it  against the         
hither-side of the ,quadrat at the      
hither end of the  ,dressing-stick1 and 
the bottom-,ledge of the second ,stick  
hanging  a little over the ,feet of the 
,letter1 that they may be comprehended  
within the bottom-,ledge of the second  
,dressing-stick2 and so  removing his   
left hand towards the middle of both    
,dressing-sticks1  and clasping them    
close together1 he turns both ,hands    
outwards towards  the left1 till the    
,letter in the first ,dressing-stick lie
 upon the  second ,dressing-stick1 and  
then the ,face of the ,letter will lie  
outwards toward the right-,hand1 and the
 ,nicks upwards4 ,then he uses  the     
,dressing-,hook and ,dressing-,knife to 
,scrape this side the  ,line of ,letter1
 as he did before to the other side of  
the ,line of  ,letter3 ,so shall both   
sides be ,scraped and ,drest4    ,having
 thus ,scraped both the sides1 ,he takes
 the ,handle of  the ,dressing-stick    
into his left hand1 as before1 and takes

 the  ,male-block into his right-,hand1 
and placing the ,tongue of the  ,block  
against the ,face of the ,letter in the 
,dressing-stick1  he also places the    
,knot of the ,block against the farther 
side of  the ,quadrat at the farther end
 of the ,stick1 and so placing his      
right-,hand underneath the middle of the
 ,dressing-stick and ,block1  he turns  
his ,hand outwards towards the left1 as 
before1 and transfers  the ,letter in   
the ,dressing-stick to the ,male-,block3
 ,yet he so  holds and manages the      
,block that the ,shanck of the ,letter  
may  rest at once upon the side of the  
,block the ,knot is placed in1 and  the 
,face of the ,letter upon the ,tongue4  
,when his ,stick of ,letters is thus    
transfer'd to the ,male-,block1  ,he    
claps the middle of the ,male-,block    
into his left hand1 tilting the  ,feet  
of the ,letter a little upwards1 that   
the ,face may rest upon  the ,tongue1   
and then takes about the middle of the  
,female-,block in  his right-,hand1 and 

lays it so upon the ,male-,block1 that  
the ,tongue  of the ,male-,block may    
fall into the ,tongue of the            
,female-,block1  and that the ,knot at  
the hither end of the ,female-,block may
 stand  against the hither-side of the  
,quadrat at the hither end of the  ,line
 of ,letters3 ,so that when the ,knot of
 the ,male-,block  is lightly drawn     
towards the ,knot of the ,female-,block1
 or the  ,knot of the ,female-,block    
lightly thrust towards the ,knot of the 
,male-,block1 both ,knots shall squeeze 
the ,letter close between  them4        
,then he grasps both ,blocks with the   
,letter between them in both his        
,hands1 and lays them in the            
,block-,groove1 with the ,feet of the   
,letter upwards1 and the hither-side of 
the hither ,block against  the hither   
,cheek of the ,block-,groove4 ,and      
putting the ,wedge into  the vacant     
space between the ,blocks and the       
further ,cheek of the  ,block-,groove1  
he lightly with his right-,hand thrusts 

up the ,wedge  to force the ,blocks     
close together1 and pinch the ,letter   
close  between the ,blocks4    ,then    
with the ,balls of the ,fingers of both 
his ,hands1 he ,patts  gently upon the  
,feet of the ,letter1 to press all their
 ,faces  down upon the ,tongue2 which   
having done1 he takes the ,mallet in    
his right-,hand1 and with it knocks     
gently upon the head of the ,wedge  to  
pinch the ,letter yet closer to the     
insides of the ,blocks4 ,then  he       
,knocks lightly and successively upon   
the ,knot-ends of both the  ,blocks1 to 
force the ,letters yet closer together4 
,and then again  knocks now pretty hard 
upon the head of the ,wedge1 and also   
pretty  hard upon the ,knot-ends of the 
,blocks1 to ,lock the ,letter tight  and
 close up4    ,then he places the       
,tongue of the ,plow in the upper       
,groove of the  ,block2 ,and having the 
,tooth of the ,iron fitted in the ,plow1
  so as to fall just upon the middle of 
the ,feet of the ,letter1 he  grasps the

 ,plow in his right-,hand1 placing his  
,wrist-,ball against the  ,britch of it1
 and guiding the fore-end with his left 
hand1 slides the  ,plow gently along the
 whole length of the ,blocks2 so as the 
,tooth  of the ,iron bears upon the     
,feet of the ,letter3 ,and if it be a   
small ,letter he ,plows upon1 the ,tooth
 of the ,iron will have  cut a ,groove  
deep enough through the length of the   
whole ,block of  ,letters3 ,but if the  
,body of the ,letter be great1 he       
reiterates  his ,traverses two three or 
four times according to the ,bigness of 
the  ,body of the ,letter1 till he have 
made a ,groove about a ,space  deep in  
the ,feet of the ,shancks of the whole  
,blocks of ,letter1  and have cut off   
all the irregularities of the ,break4   
,then with a small piece of ,buff or    
some other soft ,leather1 he rubs  a    
little upon the ,feet of the ,letter to 
smoothen them4    ,then he unlocks the  
,blocks of ,letter1 by knocking with the
 ,mallet  upon the small end of the     

,wedge1 and first takes the ,wedge from 
between the ,blocks and ,cheeks1 and    
lays it upon the farther  ,cheek1 and   
afterwards takes the ,blocks with       
,letter in it near  both ends of the    
,blocks between the ,fingers and ,thumbs
 of both his  ,hands1 and turns the     
hithermost ,block upon the hithermost   
,cheek1  and with his ,fingers and      
,thumbs again lifts off the upper       
,block1  leaving the ,letter on the     
undermost ,block with its ,face against 
the ,tongue4    ,then taking the ,block 
with ,letter in it in his left hand1 he 
places  the ,knot-end from him1 and     
takes the ,handle of the ,dressing-stick
  in his right-,hand1 and lays the      
,side-,ledge of it against the hither   
side of the ,quadrat at the hither end1 
and the ,bottom-ledge  against the ,feet
 of the ,letter1 he grasps the ,handle  
of the  ,dressing-stick ,block and all  
in his left hand1 and lays his          
right-,hand ,thumb along the under-side 
of the ,dressing-stick about  the       

middle1 and with the ,fingers of the    
same ,hand grasps the ,block1  and      
turning his ,hands1 ,block1 and         
,dressing-stick to the right1  transfers
 the ,letter in the ,block upon the     
,dressing-stick4    ,then grasping the  
,dressing-stick by the ,handle with his 
left hand1  he with his right-,hand     
takes the ,dressing-,hook by the ,knot1 
and  lays the inside of the ,hook of it 
against the farther side of the         
,quadrat at the farther end of the      
,stick1 and drawing the ,hook  and      
,letter in the ,dressing-stick with his 
left ,thumb by the ,knot  close up      
toward him1 he resting the ,stick upon  
the ,dressing-bench  that he may ,scrape
 the harder upon the ,beard with the    
,edge of the  ,dressing-,knife1 ,scrapes
 off the ,beard as near the ,face as he 
dares for fear of spoiling it1 and about
 a ,thick ,space deep at least  into the
 ,shanck4    ,if the ,bottom and ,top   
are both to be ,bearded1 ,he transfers  
the  ,letter into another               

,dressing-stick1 as hath been shewed1   
and  ,beards it also as before4      4  
#b4 ,some ,rules and ,circumstances to  
be observed in ,dressing of  ,letters4  
#a4 ,the ,letter-,dresser ought to be   
furnisht with three or four  sorts of   
,dressing-sticks1 which differ nothing  
from one another  save in the ,height of
 their ,ledges4 ,the ,ledges of one pair
 no  higher than a ,scaboard4 ,this pair
 of ,sticks may serve to ,dress1        
,pearl1 ,nomparel1 and ,brevier4        
,another pair whose ,ledges may  be a   
,nomparel high4 ,and this pair of       
,dressing-sticks will serve  to ,dress  
,brevier1 ,long-,primmer1 and ,pica3    
,another pair whose  ,ledges may be a   
,long-,primmer high3 ,and these         
,dressing-sticks may  serve to ,dress   
,pica1 ,english1 ,great-,primmer1 and   
,double-,pica4  ,and if you will another
 pair of ,dres,dressing-sticks1 whose   
,ledges  may be an ,english ,high3 ,and 
these ,dressing-sticks may serve to     
,dress all big ,bodyed ,letters1 even to

 the ,greatest4    #b4 ,as he ought to  
be furnisht with several sorts of       
,dressing-sticks  as aforesaid3 ,so     
ought he also to be furnisht with       
several ,blocks1  whose ,knots are to   
correspond with the ,sizes of the       
,ledges of the  ,dressing-sticks1 for   
the ,dressing of several ,bodies as     
aforesaid4    #c4 ,he ought to be       
furnisht with three or four             
,dressing-,hooks1 whose  ,hooks ought to
 be of the several ,depths aforesaid1 to
 fit and suit  with the several         
,bodyed-,letters4    #d4 ,he must have  
two ,dressing-,knives1 one to lie before
 the ,blocks  to ,scrape and ,beard the 
,letter in the ,sticks1 and the other   
behind the ,dressing-blocks to use when 
occasion serves to ,scrape  off a small 
,bur1 the ,tooth of the ,plow may have  
left upon the  ,feet of the ,letter4    
,and though one ,dressing-,knife may    
serve to  both these uses3 ,yet when    
,work-men are in a ,train of ,work they 
begrutch  the very turning the ,body    

about1 or stepping one step forward or  
backward2 accounting that it puts them  
out of their ,train1 and hinders  their 
riddance of ,work4    #e4 ,for every    
,body of ,letter he is to have a        
particular ,plow1 and  the ,tooth of the
 ,iron of each ,plow is to be made      
exactly to a  set bigness1 the measure  
of which bigness is to be taken from the
 size  of the ,break that is to be      
,plowed away4 ,for ,example1 ,if it be a
  ,pearl ,body to be ,plowed1 the       
breadth of the ,tooth ought not to  be  
above a thin ,scaboard3 ,because the    
,break of that ,body cannot  be bigger1 
for ,reasons ,i have given before2 ,but 
the ,tooth must be  full broad enough1  
and rather broader than the ,break1 lest
 any of  the irregularity of the ,break 
should be left upon the ,foot of the    
,letter4 ,and so for every ,body he fits
 the ,tooth of the ,iron1  full broad   
enough and a little broader than the    
size of the ,break4  ,this is one reason
 why for every particular ,body he ought

 to have a  particular ,plow4 ,another  
reason is4    ,the ,tooth of this ,plow 
must be exactly set to a punctual       
distance  from the ,tongue of the ,plow3
 ,for if they should often shift ,irons 
to the several ,stocks of the ,plow1    
they would create themselves by         
shifting more trouble than the price of 
a ,stock would compensate4    ,a ,fount 
of ,letter being new ,cast and ,drest1  
the ,boy ,papers up  each sort in a     
,cartridge by it self1 and puts about an
 hundred ,pounds  weight1 viz4 a        
,porters ,burthen into a ,basket to be  
sent to the  ,master-,printers4    ,the 
,steel-,punches being now ,cut1 the     
,molds made1 the ,matrices  ,sunk1 the  
,letters ,cast1 and ,drest1 the         
application of these  ,letters falls now
 to the task of the ,compositer2 whose  
,trade  shall be 7,god willing7 the     
,subject of the next ,exercises4        
,,finis4          ,,transcriber',s      
,,notes4    #a4 ,retained anachronistic 
and non-standard spellings as printed4  

#b4 ,silently corrected typographical   
errors4    #c4 ,page #gj4 84 #ai40      
changed to 84 #ai404    #d4 ,the        
paragraph symbol 80 has been            
standardised as 8404    #e4 ,the section
 symbol 80 has been standardised as 8404